1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
47 #include <algorithm>
48 #include <cstring>
49 #include <functional>
50 
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 } // end anonymous namespace
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw___float128:
112   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
113   case tok::kw_bool:
114   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
115   case tok::kw___auto_type:
116     return true;
117 
118   case tok::annot_typename:
119   case tok::kw_char16_t:
120   case tok::kw_char32_t:
121   case tok::kw_typeof:
122   case tok::annot_decltype:
123   case tok::kw_decltype:
124     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
125 
126   default:
127     break;
128   }
129 
130   return false;
131 }
132 
133 namespace {
134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
135   NotFound,
136   FoundNonType,
137   FoundType
138 };
139 } // end anonymous namespace
140 
141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
142 /// dependent class.
143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
147                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
148                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
149   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
150     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
151   // Look for type decls in base classes.
152   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
153       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
154   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
155     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
156     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
157       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
158     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
159       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
160       // templates.
161       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
162         continue;
163       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
164       if (!TD)
165         continue;
166       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
167           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
168         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
169           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
170         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
171           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
172                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
173             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
174               BaseRD = PS;
175         }
176       }
177     }
178     if (BaseRD) {
179       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
180         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
181           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
182         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
183       }
184       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
185         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
186         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
187           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
188         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
189           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
190           break;
191         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
192           break;
193         }
194       }
195     }
196   }
197 
198   return FoundTypeDecl;
199 }
200 
201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
202                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
203                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
204   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
205   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
206   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
207       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
208   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
209        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
210        DC = DC->getParent()) {
211     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
212     // templates.
213     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
214     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
215       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
216   }
217   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
218     return nullptr;
219 
220   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
221   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
222   // lookup during template instantiation.
223   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
224 
225   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
226   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
227                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
228   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
229 
230   CXXScopeSpec SS;
231   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
232 
233   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
234   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
235   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
236   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
237   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
238   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
239 }
240 
241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
242 /// return the declaration of that type.
243 ///
244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
250                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
251                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
252                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
253                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
254                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
255                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
256   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
257   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
258   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
259     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
260     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
261       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
262   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
263     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
264 
265     if (!LookupCtx) {
266       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
267         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
268         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
269         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
270         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
271         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
272         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
273         //
274         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
275         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
276         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
277           return nullptr;
278 
279         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
280         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
281         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
282           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
283 
284         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
285         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
286                                        II, NameLoc);
287         return ParsedType::make(T);
288       }
289 
290       return nullptr;
291     }
292 
293     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
294         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
295       return nullptr;
296   }
297 
298   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
299   // lookup for class-names.
300   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
301                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
302   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
303   if (LookupCtx) {
304     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
305     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
306     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
307     // nested-name-specifier.
308     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
309 
310     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
311       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
312       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
313       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
314       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
315       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
316       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
317       LookupName(Result, S);
318     }
319   } else {
320     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
321     LookupName(Result, S);
322 
323     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
324     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
325     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
326       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
327               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
328         return TypeInBase;
329     }
330   }
331 
332   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
333   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
334   case LookupResult::NotFound:
335   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
336     if (CorrectedII) {
337       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
338           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
339           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
340           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
341       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
342       TemplateTy Template;
343       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
344       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
345       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
346       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
347       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
348       if (SS && NNS) {
349         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
350         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
351       }
352       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
353           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
354           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
355           // is handled elsewhere).
356           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
357             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
358                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
359         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
360                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
361                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
362                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
363         if (Ty) {
364           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
365                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
366                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
367           if (SS && NNS)
368             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
369           *CorrectedII = NewII;
370           return Ty;
371         }
372       }
373     }
374     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
375   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
376   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
377     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
378     return nullptr;
379 
380   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
381     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
382     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
383     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
384     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
385     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
386     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
387       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
388       return nullptr;
389     }
390 
391     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
392     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
393          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
394       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
395         if (!IIDecl ||
396             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
397               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
398           IIDecl = *Res;
399       }
400     }
401 
402     if (!IIDecl) {
403       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
404       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
405       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
406       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
407       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
408       // a type name.
409       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
410       return nullptr;
411     }
412 
413     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
414     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
415     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
416     // perform the name lookup again.
417     break;
418 
419   case LookupResult::Found:
420     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
421     break;
422   }
423 
424   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
425 
426   QualType T;
427   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
428     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
429 
430     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
431     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
432 
433     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
434     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
435     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
436     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
437       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
438         // Construct a type with type-source information.
439         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
440         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
441 
442         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
443         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
444         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
445         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
446         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
447       } else {
448         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
449       }
450     }
451   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
452     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
453     if (!HasTrailingDot)
454       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
455   }
456 
457   if (T.isNull()) {
458     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
459     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
460     return nullptr;
461   }
462   return ParsedType::make(T);
463 }
464 
465 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
466 static NestedNameSpecifier *
467 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
468   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
469     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
470     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
471     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
472       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
473     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
474       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
475                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
476     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
477       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
478   }
479   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
480 }
481 
482 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
483 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
484 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
485 /// correctly rejects.
486 static const CXXRecordDecl *
487 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
488   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
489     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
490     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
491       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
492         return MD->getParent();
493   }
494   return nullptr;
495 }
496 
497 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
498                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
499                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
500   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
501 
502   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
503   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
504     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
505     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
506     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
507     // lookup is retried.
508     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
509     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
510     // name specifiers.
511     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
512     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
513   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
514                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
515     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
516     // instantiation time.
517     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
518                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
519 
520     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
521     // template instantiation.
522     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
523                                                                       << RD;
524   } else {
525     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
526     return ParsedType();
527   }
528 
529   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
530 
531   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
532   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
533   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
534   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
535   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
536 
537   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
538   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
539   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
540   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
541   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
542   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
543 }
544 
545 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
546 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
547 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
548 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
549 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
550 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
551   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
552   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
553   LookupName(R, S, false);
554   R.suppressDiagnostics();
555   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
556     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
557       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
558       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
559       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
560       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
561       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
562       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
563       }
564     }
565 
566   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
567 }
568 
569 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
570 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
571 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
572 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
573 /// @code
574 /// template<class T> class A {
575 /// public:
576 ///   typedef int TYPE;
577 /// };
578 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
579 /// public:
580 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
581 /// };
582 /// @endcode
583 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
584   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
585     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
586       return true;
587 
588     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
589 
590     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
591     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
592       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
593         return true;
594     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
595   }
596   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
597 }
598 
599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
600                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
601                                    Scope *S,
602                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
603                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
604                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
605   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
606   SuggestedType = nullptr;
607 
608   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
609   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
610   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
611           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
612                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
613                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
614                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
615     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
616       // We corrected to a keyword.
617       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
618       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
619     } else {
620       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
621       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
622         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
623                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
624       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
625         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
626         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
627                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
628         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
629                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
630                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
631       } else {
632         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
633       }
634 
635       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
636       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
637         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
638                           SourceRange(IILoc));
639       SuggestedType =
640           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
641                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
642                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
643                       /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
644     }
645     return;
646   }
647 
648   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
649     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
650     UnqualifiedId Name;
651     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
652     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
653     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
654     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
655     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
656                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
657                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
658       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
659       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
660       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
661         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
662           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
663       }
664       return;
665     }
666   }
667 
668   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
669   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
670 
671   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
672     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
673   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
674     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
675       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
676   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
677     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
678     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
679       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
680 
681     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
682       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
683       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
684       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
685     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
686                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
687   } else {
688     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
689            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
690   }
691 }
692 
693 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
694 /// or
695 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
696   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
697                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
698 
699   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
700     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
701       return true;
702 
703     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
704       return true;
705   }
706 
707   return false;
708 }
709 
710 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
711                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
712                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
713                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
714   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
715   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
716   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
717     StringRef FixItTagName;
718     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
719       case TTK_Class:
720         FixItTagName = "class ";
721         break;
722 
723       case TTK_Enum:
724         FixItTagName = "enum ";
725         break;
726 
727       case TTK_Struct:
728         FixItTagName = "struct ";
729         break;
730 
731       case TTK_Interface:
732         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
733         break;
734 
735       case TTK_Union:
736         FixItTagName = "union ";
737         break;
738     }
739 
740     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
741     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
742       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
743       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
744 
745     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
746          I != IEnd; ++I)
747       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
748         << Name << TagName;
749 
750     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
751     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
752     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
753     return true;
754   }
755 
756   return false;
757 }
758 
759 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
760 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
761                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
762   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
763 
764   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
765   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
766 
767   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
768   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
769   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
770   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
771   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
772 }
773 
774 Sema::NameClassification
775 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
776                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
777                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
778                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
779   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
780   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
781 
782   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
783     NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation());
784     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false);
785   }
786 
787   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
788   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
789 
790   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
791   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
792   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
793     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
794             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
795       return TypeInBase;
796   }
797 
798   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
799   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
800   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
801   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
802   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
803     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
804     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
805       return E;
806   }
807 
808   bool SecondTry = false;
809   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
810 
811 Corrected:
812   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
813   case LookupResult::NotFound:
814     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
815     // call.
816     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
817       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
818       // FIXME: Reference?
819       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
820         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
821 
822       // C90 6.3.2.2:
823       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
824       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
825       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
826       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
827       //   the function call, the declaration
828       //
829       //     extern int identifier ();
830       //
831       //   appeared.
832       //
833       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
834       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
835         Result.addDecl(D);
836         Result.resolveKind();
837         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
838       }
839     }
840 
841     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
842     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
843     // "struct", or "union".
844     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
845         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
846       break;
847     }
848 
849     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
850     // close to this name.
851     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
852       SecondTry = true;
853       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
854                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
855                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
856                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
857         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
858         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
859 
860         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
861         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
862         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
863             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
864           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
865           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
866         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
867                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
868                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
869                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
870           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
871           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
872         }
873 
874         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
875           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
876         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
877           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
878           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
879                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
880           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
881                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
882                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
883         }
884 
885         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
886         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
887 
888         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
889         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
890           return Name;
891 
892         // Also update the LookupResult...
893         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
894         Result.clear();
895         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
896         if (FirstDecl)
897           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
898 
899         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
900         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
901         // reference the ivar.
902         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
903         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
904           Result.clear();
905           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
906           return E;
907         }
908 
909         goto Corrected;
910       }
911     }
912 
913     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
914     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
915     return NameClassification::Unknown();
916 
917   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
918     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
919     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
920     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
921 
922     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
923     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
924     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
925     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
926     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
927     //
928     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
929     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
930     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
931     // keyword here.
932     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
933                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
934                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
935   }
936 
937   case LookupResult::Found:
938   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
939   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
940     break;
941 
942   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
943     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
944         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
945       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
946       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
947       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
948       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
949       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
950       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
951       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
952       //   ambiguous.
953       //
954       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
955       // so try again after filtering out template names.
956       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
957       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
958         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
959         break;
960       }
961     }
962 
963     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
964     return NameClassification::Error();
965   }
966 
967   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
968       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
969     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
970     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
971     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
972     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
973     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
974     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
975     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
976       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
977 
978     if (!Result.empty()) {
979       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
980       bool IsVarTemplate;
981       TemplateName Template;
982       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
983         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
984         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
985                                                      Result.end());
986       } else {
987         TemplateDecl *TD
988           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
989         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
990         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
991 
992         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
993           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
994                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
995                                                       TD);
996         else
997           Template = TemplateName(TD);
998       }
999 
1000       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1001         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1002         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1003         // to based on which function we selected.
1004         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1005 
1006         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1007       }
1008 
1009       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1010                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1011     }
1012   }
1013 
1014   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1015   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1016     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1017     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1018     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1019     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1020       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1021     return ParsedType::make(T);
1022   }
1023 
1024   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1025   if (!Class) {
1026     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1027     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1028             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1029       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1030   }
1031 
1032   if (Class) {
1033     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1034 
1035     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1036       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1037       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1038       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1039       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1040     }
1041 
1042     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1043     return ParsedType::make(T);
1044   }
1045 
1046   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1047   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1048     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1049         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1050 
1051   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1052   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1053   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1054   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1055        (NextIsOp &&
1056         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1057       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1058     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1059     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1060     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1061     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1062       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1063     return ParsedType::make(T);
1064   }
1065 
1066   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1067     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1068                                            nullptr, S);
1069 
1070   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1071   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1072 }
1073 
1074 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1075 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1076 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1077 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1078 
1079   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1080   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1081   // the context we'll need to return to.
1082   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1083   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1084   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1085   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1086   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1087   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1088   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1089   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1090   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1091   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1092     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1093 
1094     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1095     // lexical context.
1096     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1097       return DC;
1098 
1099     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1100     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1101     // class is the context we need to return to.
1102     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1103       DC = RD;
1104 
1105     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1106     // declared in.
1107     return DC;
1108   }
1109 
1110   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1111 }
1112 
1113 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1114   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1115       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1116   CurContext = DC;
1117   S->setEntity(DC);
1118 }
1119 
1120 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1121   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1122 
1123   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1124   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1125 }
1126 
1127 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1128                                                                     Decl *D) {
1129   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1130   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1131   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1132   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1133   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1134   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1135   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1136   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1137   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1138   return Result;
1139 }
1140 
1141 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1142   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1143 }
1144 
1145 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1146 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1147 ///
1148 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1149   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1150   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1151   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1152   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1153   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1154   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1155   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1156   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1157   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1158   //   namespace.
1159   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1160   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1161   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1162   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1163   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1164 
1165   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1166 
1167 #ifndef NDEBUG
1168   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1169   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1170   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1171 #endif
1172 
1173   CurContext = DC;
1174   S->setEntity(DC);
1175 }
1176 
1177 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1178   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1179 
1180   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1181   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1182   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1183   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1184   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1185 
1186   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1187   // disappear.
1188 }
1189 
1190 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1191   // We assume that the caller has already called
1192   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1193   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1194   if (!FD)
1195     return;
1196 
1197   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1198   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1199   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1200     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1201   CurContext = FD;
1202   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1203 
1204   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1205     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1206     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1207     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1208       S->AddDecl(Param);
1209       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1210     }
1211   }
1212 }
1213 
1214 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1215   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1216   // rather than the top-level class.
1217   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1218   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1219   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1220 }
1221 
1222 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1223 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1224 ///
1225 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1226 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1227 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1228 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1229 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1230 /// attribute.
1231 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1232                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1233   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1234     return true;
1235 
1236   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1237     return true;
1238 
1239   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1240           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1241 }
1242 
1243 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1244 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1245   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1246   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1247   // scope.
1248   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1249     S = S->getParent();
1250 
1251   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1252   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1253   // into any context.
1254   if (AddToContext)
1255     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1256 
1257   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1258   // are function-local declarations.
1259   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1260       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1261         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1262       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1263     return;
1264 
1265   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1266   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1267       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1268     return;
1269 
1270   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1271   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1272                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1273   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1274     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1275       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1276       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1277 
1278       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1279       break;
1280     }
1281   }
1282 
1283   S->AddDecl(D);
1284 
1285   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1286     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1287     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1288     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1289     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1290       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1291       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1292         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1293           continue;
1294       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1295         break;
1296     }
1297 
1298     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1299   } else {
1300     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1301   }
1302 }
1303 
1304 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1305   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1306     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1307 }
1308 
1309 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1310                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1311   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1312 }
1313 
1314 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1315   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1316   do {
1317     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1318       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1319         return S;
1320   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1321 
1322   return nullptr;
1323 }
1324 
1325 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1326                                             DeclContext*,
1327                                             ASTContext&);
1328 
1329 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1330 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1331 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1332                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1333                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1334   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1335   while (F.hasNext()) {
1336     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1337 
1338     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1339       continue;
1340 
1341     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1342       continue;
1343 
1344     F.erase();
1345   }
1346 
1347   F.done();
1348 }
1349 
1350 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1351   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1352          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1353          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1354 }
1355 
1356 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1357 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1358   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1359   while (F.hasNext())
1360     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1361       F.erase();
1362 
1363   F.done();
1364 }
1365 
1366 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1367 /// @code
1368 /// class S {
1369 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1370 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1371 /// };
1372 /// @endcode
1373 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1374   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1375   // the decl here.
1376   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1377     return false;
1378 
1379   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1380     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1381   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1382     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1383   return false;
1384 }
1385 
1386 // We need this to handle
1387 //
1388 // typedef struct {
1389 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1390 // } A;
1391 //
1392 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1393 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1394 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1395 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1396 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1397 // not.
1398 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1399   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1400   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1401     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1402       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1403         return true;
1404     }
1405     DC = DC->getParent();
1406   }
1407 
1408   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1409 }
1410 
1411 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1412 // these semantics.
1413 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1414   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1415     return false;
1416   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1417 }
1418 
1419 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1420   assert(D);
1421 
1422   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1423     return false;
1424 
1425   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1426   // of members of class templates.
1427   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1428       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1429     return false;
1430 
1431   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1432     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1433       return false;
1434 
1435     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1436       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1437         return false;
1438     } else {
1439       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1440       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1441         return false;
1442     }
1443 
1444     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1445         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1446       return false;
1447   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1448     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1449     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1450     // like "inline".)
1451     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1452       return false;
1453 
1454     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1455       return false;
1456 
1457     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1458         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1459       return false;
1460 
1461     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1462       return false;
1463   } else {
1464     return false;
1465   }
1466 
1467   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1468   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1469   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1470   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1471 }
1472 
1473 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1474   if (!D)
1475     return;
1476 
1477   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1478     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1479     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1480       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1481   }
1482 
1483   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1484     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1485     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1486       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1487   }
1488 
1489   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1490     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1491 }
1492 
1493 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1494   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1495     return false;
1496 
1497   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1498       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1499     return false;
1500 
1501   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1502     return true;
1503 
1504   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1505   // functions.
1506   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1507   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1508     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1509     WithinFunction =
1510         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1511   if (!WithinFunction)
1512     return false;
1513 
1514   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1515     return true;
1516 
1517   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1518   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1519     return false;
1520 
1521   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1522   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1523 
1524     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1525     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1526 
1527     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1528     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1529       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1530         return false;
1531     }
1532 
1533     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1534     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1535     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1536       return false;
1537 
1538     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1539       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1540       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1541         return false;
1542 
1543       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1544         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1545           return false;
1546 
1547         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1548           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1549                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1550             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1551           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1552             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1553           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1554             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1555             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1556               return false;
1557           }
1558         }
1559       }
1560     }
1561 
1562     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1563   }
1564 
1565   return true;
1566 }
1567 
1568 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1569                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1570   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1571     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1572                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1573     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1574       return;
1575     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1576                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1577   }
1578 }
1579 
1580 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1581   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1582     return;
1583 
1584   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1585     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1586       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1587     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1588       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1589   }
1590 }
1591 
1592 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1593 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1594 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1595   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1596     return;
1597 
1598   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1599     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1600     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1601     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1602     return;
1603   }
1604 
1605   FixItHint Hint;
1606   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1607 
1608   unsigned DiagID;
1609   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1610     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1611   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1612     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1613   else
1614     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1615 
1616   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1617 }
1618 
1619 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1620   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1621   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1622   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1623   // MS inline assembly label name.
1624   bool Diagnose = false;
1625   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1626     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1627   else
1628     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1629   if (Diagnose)
1630     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1631 }
1632 
1633 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1634   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1635 
1636   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1637   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1638          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1639 
1640   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1641     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1642 
1643     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1644     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1645 
1646     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1647 
1648     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1649     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1650       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1651       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1652         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1653     }
1654 
1655     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1656     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1657       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1658 
1659     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
1660     // already.
1661     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1662     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
1663     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
1664       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
1665         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
1666             << D << FD << FD->getParent();
1667         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1668       }
1669       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
1670     }
1671   }
1672 }
1673 
1674 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1675 ///
1676 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1677 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1678 /// to the fixed name.
1679 ///
1680 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1681 ///
1682 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1683 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1684 ///
1685 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1686 /// class could not be found.
1687 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1688                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1689                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1690   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1691   // creation from this context.
1692   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1693 
1694   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1695     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1696     // find an Objective-C class name.
1697     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1698             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1699             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1700             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1701       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1702       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1703       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1704     }
1705   }
1706   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1707   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1708   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1709       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1710   return Def;
1711 }
1712 
1713 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1714 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1715 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1716 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1717 /// ill-formed in C++:
1718 /// @code
1719 /// struct S6 {
1720 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1721 /// };
1722 ///
1723 /// void test_S6() {
1724 ///   struct S6 a;
1725 ///   a.e = BAR;
1726 /// }
1727 /// @endcode
1728 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1729 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1730 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1731 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1732 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1733 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1734 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1735 /// contain non-field names.
1736 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1737   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1738          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1739          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1740     S = S->getParent();
1741   return S;
1742 }
1743 
1744 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1745 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1746 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1747 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1748 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1749                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1750   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1751     return;
1752   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1753 
1754   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1755                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1756   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1757   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1758     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1759       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1760 }
1761 
1762 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1763   switch (Error) {
1764   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1765     return "";
1766   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1767     return "stdio.h";
1768   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1769     return "setjmp.h";
1770   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1771     return "ucontext.h";
1772   }
1773   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1774 }
1775 
1776 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1777 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1778 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1779 /// built-in.
1780 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1781                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1782                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1783   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1784 
1785   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1786   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1787   if (Error) {
1788     if (ForRedeclaration)
1789       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1790           << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1791     return nullptr;
1792   }
1793 
1794   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
1795       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
1796        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
1797     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1798         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
1799     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1800         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1801       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1802           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1803           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1804   }
1805 
1806   if (R.isNull())
1807     return nullptr;
1808 
1809   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1810   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1811     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1812         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1813                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1814     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1815     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1816     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1817   }
1818 
1819   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1820                                            Parent,
1821                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1822                                            SC_Extern,
1823                                            false,
1824                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1825   New->setImplicit();
1826 
1827   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1828   // FunctionDecl.
1829   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1830     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1831     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1832       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1833           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1834                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1835                               SC_None, nullptr);
1836       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1837       Params.push_back(parm);
1838     }
1839     New->setParams(Params);
1840   }
1841 
1842   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1843   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1844 
1845   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1846   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1847   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1848   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1849   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1850   CurContext = Parent;
1851   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1852   CurContext = SavedContext;
1853   return New;
1854 }
1855 
1856 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1857 /// entity if their types are the same.
1858 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1859 /// isSameEntity.
1860 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1861                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1862                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1863   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1864   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1865     return;
1866 
1867   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1868   if (Previous.empty())
1869     return;
1870 
1871   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1872   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1873     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1874 
1875     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1876     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1877       continue;
1878 
1879     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1880     // different linkages.
1881     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1882       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1883                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1884         continue;
1885 
1886       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1887       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1888       if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
1889           OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1890           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1891         continue;
1892     }
1893 
1894     Filter.erase();
1895   }
1896 
1897   Filter.done();
1898 }
1899 
1900 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1901   QualType OldType;
1902   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1903     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1904   else
1905     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1906   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1907 
1908   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1909     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1910     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1911     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1912       << Kind << NewType;
1913     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1914       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1915     New->setInvalidDecl();
1916     return true;
1917   }
1918 
1919   if (OldType != NewType &&
1920       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1921       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1922       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1923     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1924     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1925       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1926     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1927       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1928     New->setInvalidDecl();
1929     return true;
1930   }
1931   return false;
1932 }
1933 
1934 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1935 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1936 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1937 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1938 ///
1939 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
1940                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1941   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1942   // merging checks.
1943   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1944 
1945   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1946   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1947   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1948     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1949     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1950     default: break;
1951     case 2:
1952       {
1953         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1954           break;
1955         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1956         if (!T->isPointerType())
1957           break;
1958         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1959           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1960           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1961             break;
1962         }
1963         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1964         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1965         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1966         return;
1967       }
1968     case 5:
1969       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1970         break;
1971       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1972       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1973       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1974       return;
1975     case 3:
1976       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1977         break;
1978       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1979       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1980       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1981       return;
1982     }
1983     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1984   }
1985 
1986   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1987   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1988   if (!Old) {
1989     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1990       << New->getDeclName();
1991 
1992     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1993     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1994       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1995 
1996     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1997   }
1998 
1999   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2000   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2001     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2002 
2003   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2004     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2005     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2006     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2007     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
2008         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2009         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2010       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2011       // instead of our tag.
2012       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2013       if (OldTD->isModed())
2014         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2015                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2016       else
2017         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2018 
2019       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2020       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
2021 
2022       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2023       // out of the scope.
2024       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2025         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2026         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2027           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2028           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2029           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2030           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2031           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2032         }
2033       }
2034     }
2035   }
2036 
2037   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2038   // with any extensions enabled.
2039   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2040     return;
2041 
2042   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2043   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2044   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2045     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2046     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2047   }
2048 
2049   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2050     return;
2051 
2052   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2053     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2054     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2055     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2056     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2057     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2058       return;
2059 
2060     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2061     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2062     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2063     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2064     //
2065     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2066     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2067     //
2068     //   struct S {
2069     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2070     //   };
2071     //
2072     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2073     // allow the above but disallow
2074     //
2075     //   struct S {
2076     //     typedef int I;
2077     //     typedef int I;
2078     //   };
2079     //
2080     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2081     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2082       return;
2083 
2084     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2085       << New->getDeclName();
2086     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2087     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2088   }
2089 
2090   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2091   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2092     return;
2093 
2094   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2095   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2096   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2097   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2098   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2099       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2100        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2101     return;
2102 
2103   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2104     << New->getDeclName();
2105   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2106 }
2107 
2108 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2109 /// attribute.
2110 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2111   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2112   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2113   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2114     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2115       if (Ann) {
2116         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2117           return true;
2118         continue;
2119       }
2120       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2121       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2122         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2123       return true;
2124     }
2125 
2126   return false;
2127 }
2128 
2129 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2130   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2131     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2132   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2133     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2134   return true;
2135 }
2136 
2137 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2138 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2139 ///
2140 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2141 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2142   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2143   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2144   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2145   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2146   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2147   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2148     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2149     // in a case like:
2150     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2151     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2152     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2153     // definition in such a case.
2154     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2155       return false;
2156 
2157     if (I->isAlignas())
2158       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2159 
2160     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2161     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2162       OldAlign = Align;
2163       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2164     }
2165   }
2166 
2167   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2168   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2169   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2170   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2171     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2172       return false;
2173 
2174     if (I->isAlignas())
2175       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2176 
2177     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2178     if (Align > NewAlign)
2179       NewAlign = Align;
2180   }
2181 
2182   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2183     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2184     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2185     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2186     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2187 
2188     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2189     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2190     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2191       QualType Ty;
2192       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2193         Ty = VD->getType();
2194       else
2195         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2196 
2197       if (OldAlign == 0)
2198         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2199       if (NewAlign == 0)
2200         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2201     }
2202 
2203     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2204       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2205         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2206         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2207       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2208     }
2209   }
2210 
2211   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2212     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2213     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2214     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2215     //   equivalent alignment.
2216     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2217     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2218     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2219     //   have no alignment specifier.
2220     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2221       << OldAlignasAttr;
2222     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2223       << OldAlignasAttr;
2224   }
2225 
2226   bool AnyAdded = false;
2227 
2228   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2229   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2230     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2231     Clone->setInherited(true);
2232     New->addAttr(Clone);
2233     AnyAdded = true;
2234   }
2235 
2236   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2237   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2238       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2239     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2240     Clone->setInherited(true);
2241     New->addAttr(Clone);
2242     AnyAdded = true;
2243   }
2244 
2245   return AnyAdded;
2246 }
2247 
2248 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2249                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2250                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2251   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2252   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2253   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2254   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2255   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2256   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2257   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2258   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2259   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2260   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2261     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2262                                       AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2263                                       AA->getDeprecated(),
2264                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2265                                       AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(),
2266                                       AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2267                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2268   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2269     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2270                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2271   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2272     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2273                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2274   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2275     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2276                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2277   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2278     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2279                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2280   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2281     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2282                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2283                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2284   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2285     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2286                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2287   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2288     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2289                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2290                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2291   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2292     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2293                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2294                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2295   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2296            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2297             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2298     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2299     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2300     return false;
2301   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2302     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2303   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2304     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2305   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2306     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(
2307         D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(),
2308         &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()),
2309         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2310   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2311     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(),
2312                                 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()),
2313                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2314   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2315     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2316     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2317     NewAttr = nullptr;
2318   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2319            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2320             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2321     NewAttr = nullptr;
2322   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2323     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex,
2324                               UA->getGuid());
2325   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2326     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2327 
2328   if (NewAttr) {
2329     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2330     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2331     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2332       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2333     return true;
2334   }
2335 
2336   return false;
2337 }
2338 
2339 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2340   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2341     return TD->getDefinition();
2342   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2343     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2344     if (Def)
2345       return Def;
2346     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2347   }
2348   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
2349     return FD->getDefinition();
2350   return nullptr;
2351 }
2352 
2353 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2354   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2355     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2356       return true;
2357   return false;
2358 }
2359 
2360 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2361 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2362 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2363   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2364     return;
2365 
2366   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2367   if (!Def || Def == New)
2368     return;
2369 
2370   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2371   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2372     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2373 
2374     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2375       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2376         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2377         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2378 
2379         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2380         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2381           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2382           --E;
2383           continue;
2384         }
2385       } else {
2386         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2387         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2388                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2389                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2390                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2391         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2392         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2393         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2394       }
2395       ++I;
2396       continue;
2397     }
2398 
2399     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2400       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2401       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2402         ++I;
2403         continue;
2404       }
2405     }
2406 
2407     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2408       ++I;
2409       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2410     }
2411 
2412     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2413       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2414       ++I;
2415       continue;
2416     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2417       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2418         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2419         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2420         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2421         //   equivalent alignment.
2422         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2423         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2424         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2425         //   have no alignment specifier.
2426         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2427           << AA;
2428         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2429           << AA;
2430         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2431         --E;
2432         continue;
2433       }
2434     }
2435 
2436     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2437            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2438     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2439     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2440     --E;
2441   }
2442 }
2443 
2444 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2445 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2446                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2447   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2448     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2449     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2450     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2451   }
2452 
2453   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2454     return;
2455 
2456   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2457   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2458 
2459   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2460     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2461       if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) {
2462         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2463         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2464         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2465       }
2466     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2467       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2468       // already been ODR-used.
2469       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2470         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2471     }
2472   }
2473 
2474   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2475   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2476     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2477       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2478         if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2479                       NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2480           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2481                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2482               << NewTag;
2483           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2484         }
2485       }
2486     } else {
2487       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2488       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2489     }
2490   }
2491 
2492   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2493     return;
2494 
2495   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2496 
2497   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2498   // we process them.
2499   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2500 
2501   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2502     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2503     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2504     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2505         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2506         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2507       switch (AMK) {
2508       case AMK_None:
2509         continue;
2510 
2511       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2512       case AMK_Override:
2513       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2514         LocalAMK = AMK;
2515         break;
2516       }
2517     }
2518 
2519     // Already handled.
2520     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2521       continue;
2522 
2523     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2524       foundAny = true;
2525   }
2526 
2527   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2528     foundAny = true;
2529 
2530   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2531 }
2532 
2533 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2534 /// to the new one.
2535 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2536                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2537                                      Sema &S) {
2538   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2539   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2540   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2541   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2542   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2543   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2544     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2545            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2546     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2547     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2548     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2549       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2550     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2551       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2552     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2553            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2554   }
2555 
2556   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2557     return;
2558 
2559   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2560 
2561   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2562   // done before we process them.
2563   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2564 
2565   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2566     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2567       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2568         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2569       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2570       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2571       foundAny = true;
2572     }
2573   }
2574 
2575   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2576 }
2577 
2578 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2579                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2580                                 Sema &S) {
2581   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2582     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2583       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2584         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2585           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2586                *Newnullability,
2587                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2588                 != 0))
2589           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2590                *Oldnullability,
2591                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2592                 != 0));
2593         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2594       }
2595     } else {
2596       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2597       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2598                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2599                          NewT, NewT);
2600       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2601     }
2602   }
2603 }
2604 
2605 namespace {
2606 
2607 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2608 /// C.
2609 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2610   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2611   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2612   QualType PromotedType;
2613 };
2614 
2615 } // end anonymous namespace
2616 
2617 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2618 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2619   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2620     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2621       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2622 
2623     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2624       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2625 
2626     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2627       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2628   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2629     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2630   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2631     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2632   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2633     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2634   }
2635 
2636   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2637 }
2638 
2639 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2640 // declaration, or a declaration.
2641 template <typename T>
2642 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2643 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2644   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2645   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2646   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2647     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2648   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2649     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2650     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2651       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2652   } else
2653     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2654   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2655 }
2656 
2657 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2658 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2659 /// GNU89 mode.
2660 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2661                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2662   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2663           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2664           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2665           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2666 }
2667 
2668 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2669   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2670   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2671     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2672   return AT;
2673 }
2674 
2675 template <typename T>
2676 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2677   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2678   if (DC->isRecord())
2679     return false;
2680 
2681   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2682   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2683     return true;
2684   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2685     return true;
2686   return false;
2687 }
2688 
2689 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2690 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2691 
2692 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2693 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2694 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2695 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2696 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2697                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2698   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2699   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2700   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2701   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2702   //      and function templates; or
2703   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2704   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2705   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2706   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2707   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2708 
2709   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2710   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2711   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2712   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2713   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2714 
2715   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2716   if (Old &&
2717       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2718           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2719       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2720     Old = nullptr;
2721 
2722   if (!Old) {
2723     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2724     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2725     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2726     return true;
2727   }
2728   return false;
2729 }
2730 
2731 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
2732                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
2733   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
2734 
2735   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
2736     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2737     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2738     if (AttrA == AttrB)
2739       return true;
2740     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType();
2741   };
2742 
2743   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
2744 }
2745 
2746 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2747 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2748 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2749 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2750 ///
2751 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2752 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2753 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2754 /// merged with.
2755 ///
2756 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2757 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2758                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2759   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2760   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2761   if (!Old) {
2762     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2763       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2764         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2765         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2766              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2767         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2768              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2769         return true;
2770       }
2771 
2772       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2773       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2774         return true;
2775       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2776     } else {
2777       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2778         << New->getDeclName();
2779       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2780       return true;
2781     }
2782   }
2783 
2784   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2785   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2786     return true;
2787 
2788   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2789   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2790   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2791       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2792 
2793   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2794   // is an extern inline function.
2795   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2796   // storage classes.
2797   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2798       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2799       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2800       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2801       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2802     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2803       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2804       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2805     } else {
2806       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2807       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2808       return true;
2809     }
2810   }
2811 
2812   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
2813       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
2814     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
2815         << New->getDeclName();
2816     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2817     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
2818   }
2819 
2820   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2821   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2822   // convention of the first.
2823   //
2824   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2825   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2826   //
2827   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2828   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2829   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2830   //
2831   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2832   // other tests to run.
2833   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2834   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2835   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2836   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2837   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2838   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2839   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2840 
2841   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2842     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2843     const FunctionType *FT =
2844         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2845     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2846     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2847     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2848       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2849       // there but not here.
2850       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2851       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2852     } else {
2853       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2854       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2855       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2856         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2857         << !FirstCCExplicit
2858         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2859             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2860 
2861       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2862       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2863       return true;
2864     }
2865   }
2866 
2867   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2868   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2869     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2870     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2871   }
2872 
2873   // Merge regparm attribute.
2874   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2875       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2876     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2877       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2878         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2879         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2880       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2881       return true;
2882     }
2883 
2884     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2885     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2886   }
2887 
2888   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2889   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2890     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2891       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2892       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2893       return true;
2894     }
2895 
2896     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2897     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2898   }
2899 
2900   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2901     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2902     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2903     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2904     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2905     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2906   }
2907 
2908   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2909   // UndefinedButUsed.
2910   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2911       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2912       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2913       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2914       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2915     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2916                                            SourceLocation()));
2917 
2918   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2919   // about it.
2920   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2921       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2922     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2923   }
2924 
2925   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
2926   // redeclaration.
2927   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
2928       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
2929     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
2930         << New->getDeclName();
2931     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2932     return true;
2933   }
2934 
2935   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2936     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2937     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2938     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2939     //        cannot be overloaded.
2940 
2941     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2942     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2943     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2944     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2945     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2946     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2947         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2948              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2949              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2950     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2951         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2952              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2953              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2954     QualType ResQT;
2955     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2956         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2957           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2958       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2959           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2960         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2961       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2962         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2963           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2964               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2965         else
2966           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2967               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2968         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2969                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2970         return true;
2971       }
2972       else
2973         NewQType = ResQT;
2974     }
2975 
2976     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2977     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2978     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2979       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2980       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2981       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2982       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2983         New->setType(
2984             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2985                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2986                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2987         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2988             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2989                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2990                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2991       }
2992     }
2993 
2994     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2995     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2996     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2997       // Preserve triviality.
2998       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2999 
3000       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3001       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3002       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3003       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3004                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3005                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3006       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3007 
3008       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3009           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3010         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3011         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3012         //       is a static member function declaration.
3013         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3014           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3015           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3016           return true;
3017         }
3018 
3019         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3020         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3021         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3022         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3023         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
3024           unsigned NewDiag;
3025           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3026             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3027           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3028             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3029           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3030             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3031           else
3032             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3033 
3034           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3035         } else {
3036           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3037             << New << New->getType();
3038         }
3039         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3040         return true;
3041 
3042       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3043       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3044       //
3045       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3046       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3047       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3048         if (isFriend) {
3049           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3050         } else {
3051           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3052                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3053             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3054           return true;
3055         }
3056       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3057         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3058              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3059           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3060         return true;
3061       }
3062     }
3063 
3064     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3065     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3066     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3067     //   attribute.
3068     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3069     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3070       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3071       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3072            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3073     }
3074 
3075     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3076     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3077     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3078     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3079     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3080     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3081       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3082            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3083       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3084            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3085     }
3086 
3087     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3088     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3089     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
3090     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3091 
3092     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3093     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3094     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3095       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
3096       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3097         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3098       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3099       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3100     }
3101 
3102     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3103       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3104       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3105       //
3106       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3107       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3108       // linkage within class scope.
3109       //
3110       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3111       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3112         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3113         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3114       } else {
3115         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3116         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3117         return true;
3118       }
3119     }
3120 
3121     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
3122       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3123 
3124     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
3125         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
3126       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
3127       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
3128       // when we instantiate the function.
3129       return false;
3130     }
3131 
3132     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3133   }
3134 
3135   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3136   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3137   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3138       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3139     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3140     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3141     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3142     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3143         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3144       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3145       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3146       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3147       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3148       NewQType =
3149           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3150                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3151       New->setType(NewQType);
3152       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3153 
3154       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3155       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3156       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3157         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3158                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3159                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3160                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3161         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3162         Param->setImplicit();
3163         Params.push_back(Param);
3164       }
3165 
3166       New->setParams(Params);
3167     }
3168 
3169     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3170   }
3171 
3172   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3173   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3174   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3175   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3176   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3177   // the prototype.
3178   //
3179   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3180   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3181   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3182   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3183   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3184       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3185       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3186       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3187     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3188     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3189     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3190       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3191     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3192       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3193 
3194     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3195     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3196                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3197     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3198     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3199          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3200       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3201       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3202       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3203                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3204         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3205       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3206                                             NewParm->getType(),
3207                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3208         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3209                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3210         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3211         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3212       } else
3213         LooseCompatible = false;
3214     }
3215 
3216     if (LooseCompatible) {
3217       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3218         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3219              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3220           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3221           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3222         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3223           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3224                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3225       }
3226 
3227       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3228         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3229                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3230       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3231     }
3232 
3233     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3234   }
3235 
3236   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3237   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3238 
3239   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3240   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3241   unsigned BuiltinID;
3242   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3243     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3244     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3245     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3246       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3247       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3248         << Old << Old->getType();
3249 
3250       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3251       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3252       //
3253       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3254       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3255       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3256       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3257       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3258       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3259         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3260 
3261       return false;
3262     }
3263 
3264     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3265   }
3266 
3267   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3268   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3269   return true;
3270 }
3271 
3272 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3273 /// known to be compatible.
3274 ///
3275 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3276 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3277 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3278 /// redeclaration of Old.
3279 ///
3280 /// \returns false
3281 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3282                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3283   // Merge the attributes
3284   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3285 
3286   // Merge "pure" flag.
3287   if (Old->isPure())
3288     New->setPure();
3289 
3290   // Merge "used" flag.
3291   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3292     New->setIsUsed();
3293 
3294   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3295   // declarations.
3296   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3297       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3298         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3299         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3300         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3301         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3302       }
3303 
3304   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3305     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3306 
3307   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3308   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3309   // was visible.
3310   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3311   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3312     New->setType(Merged);
3313 
3314   return false;
3315 }
3316 
3317 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3318                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3319   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3320   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3321     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3322       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3323       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3324                                                        : AMK_Override;
3325 
3326   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3327 
3328   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3329   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3330                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3331   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3332          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3333        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3334     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3335 
3336   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3337 }
3338 
3339 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3340   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
3341 
3342   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3343          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3344          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3345     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3346 
3347   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3348   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3349   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3350     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3351   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3352   New->setInvalidDecl();
3353 }
3354 
3355 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3356 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3357 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3358 ///
3359 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3360 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3361 /// is attached.
3362 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3363                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3364   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3365     return;
3366 
3367   QualType MergedT;
3368   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3369     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3370       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3371       return;
3372     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3373       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3374       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3375     }
3376     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3377     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3378     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3379     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3380     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3381     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3382       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3383       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3384 
3385       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3386       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3387       // mismatch.
3388       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3389         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3390              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
3391           const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType());
3392           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
3393             continue;
3394 
3395           if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy))
3396             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
3397         }
3398       }
3399 
3400       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
3401         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3402                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3403           MergedT = New->getType();
3404       }
3405       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
3406       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
3407       // visible.
3408       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3409         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3410                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3411           MergedT = Old->getType();
3412       }
3413     }
3414     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3415                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3416       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3417                                               Old->getType());
3418     }
3419   } else {
3420     // C 6.2.7p2:
3421     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3422     //   compatible type.
3423     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3424   }
3425   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3426     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3427     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3428     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3429     // equivalent.
3430     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3431     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3432          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3433       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3434       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3435       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3436       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3437         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3438       return;
3439     }
3440     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
3441   }
3442 
3443   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3444   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3445   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3446     New->setType(MergedT);
3447 }
3448 
3449 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3450                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3451   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3452   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3453   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3454   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3455   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3456   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3457   //
3458   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3459   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3460     return false;
3461 
3462   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3463     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3464     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3465     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3466     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3467     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3468            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3469             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3470   } else {
3471     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3472     // type unless we're in the same function.
3473     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3474            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3475   }
3476 }
3477 
3478 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3479 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3480 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3481 ///
3482 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3483 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3484 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3485 ///
3486 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3487   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3488   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3489     return;
3490 
3491   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
3492     return;
3493 
3494   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3495 
3496   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3497   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3498   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3499   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3500     if (NewTemplate) {
3501       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3502       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3503 
3504       if (auto *Shadow =
3505               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3506         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3507           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3508     } else {
3509       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3510 
3511       if (auto *Shadow =
3512               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3513         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3514           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3515     }
3516   }
3517   if (!Old) {
3518     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3519       << New->getDeclName();
3520     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3521          diag::note_previous_definition);
3522     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3523   }
3524 
3525   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3526   if (NewTemplate &&
3527       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3528                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3529                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3530     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3531 
3532   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3533   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3534   //
3535   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3536   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3537     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3538       << New->getIdentifier();
3539     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3540     New->setInvalidDecl();
3541   }
3542 
3543   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3544   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3545   // declaration
3546   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3547       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3548       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3549     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3550     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3551     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3552     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3553   }
3554 
3555   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3556       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3557     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3558         << New->getDeclName();
3559     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3560     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3561   }
3562 
3563   // Merge the types.
3564   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3565   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3566     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3567                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3568     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3569       return;
3570   }
3571 
3572   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3573   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3574     return;
3575 
3576   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3577   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3578   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3579       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3580 
3581   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3582   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3583       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3584       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3585     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3586       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3587           << New->getDeclName();
3588       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3589     } else {
3590       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3591           << New->getDeclName();
3592       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3593       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3594     }
3595   }
3596   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3597   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3598   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3599   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3600   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3601   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3602   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3603   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3604   //   identifier has external linkage.
3605   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3606     /* Okay */;
3607   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3608            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3609            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3610     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3611     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3612     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3613   }
3614 
3615   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3616   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3617       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3618     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3619     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3620     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3621   }
3622   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3623       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3624     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3625     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3626     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3627   }
3628 
3629   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3630 
3631   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3632   // need to check for mismatches.
3633   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3634       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3635       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3636         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3637     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3638     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3639     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3640   }
3641 
3642   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
3643     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3644       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
3645       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
3646       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
3647       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
3648       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3649     }
3650   }
3651 
3652   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3653   // UndefinedButUsed.
3654   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
3655       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3656     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3657                                            SourceLocation()));
3658 
3659   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3660     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3661       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3662       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3663     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3664       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3665       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3666     } else {
3667       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3668       // static and dynamic initialization.
3669       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3670       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3671       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3672         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3673       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3674     }
3675   }
3676 
3677   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3678   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3679       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
3680     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
3681         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
3682       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
3683       Diag(New->getLocation(),
3684            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
3685     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3686       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
3687         return;
3688     }
3689   }
3690 
3691   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3692     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3693     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3694     New->setInvalidDecl();
3695     return;
3696   }
3697 
3698   // Merge "used" flag.
3699   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3700     New->setIsUsed();
3701 
3702   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3703   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3704   if (NewTemplate)
3705     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3706 
3707   // Inherit access appropriately.
3708   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3709   if (NewTemplate)
3710     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3711 
3712   if (Old->isInline())
3713     New->setImplicitlyInline();
3714 }
3715 
3716 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
3717 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
3718 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
3719   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
3720       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3721        New->isInline() ||
3722        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3723        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3724        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3725     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3726     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
3727     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
3728 
3729     // Make the canonical definition visible.
3730     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
3731       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation());
3732     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation());
3733     return false;
3734   } else {
3735     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3736     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3737     New->setInvalidDecl();
3738     return true;
3739   }
3740 }
3741 
3742 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3743 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3744 Decl *
3745 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
3746                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
3747   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
3748                                     AnonRecord);
3749 }
3750 
3751 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3752 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3753 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3754 // compatibility.
3755 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3756 // targeted.
3757 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3758   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3759              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3760              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3761 }
3762 
3763 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3764   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3765     return;
3766 
3767   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3768     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3769     // it is anonymous.
3770     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3771       return;
3772     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3773         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3774     Context.setManglingNumber(
3775         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3776                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3777     return;
3778   }
3779 
3780   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3781   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3782   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3783           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3784     Context.setManglingNumber(
3785         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3786                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3787   }
3788 }
3789 
3790 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3791                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3792   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
3793     return;
3794 
3795   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
3796   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
3797     return;
3798 
3799   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3800   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3801 
3802   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3803   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3804                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
3805     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3806       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
3807     return;
3808   }
3809 
3810   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3811   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3812   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3813   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3814   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3815   // for how to handle it.
3816   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3817     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3818 
3819     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3820     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3821 
3822     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3823     textToInsert += ' ';
3824     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3825     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3826         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3827     return;
3828   }
3829 
3830   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3831   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3832 }
3833 
3834 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3835   switch (T) {
3836   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3837     return 0;
3838   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3839     return 1;
3840   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3841     return 2;
3842   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3843     return 3;
3844   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3845     return 4;
3846   default:
3847     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3848   }
3849 }
3850 
3851 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3852 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3853 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3854 Decl *
3855 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
3856                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3857                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
3858                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
3859   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3860   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3861   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3862       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3863       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3864       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3865       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3866     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3867 
3868     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3869       return nullptr;
3870 
3871     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3872     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3873     // it's a Type.
3874     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3875       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3876     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3877       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3878   }
3879 
3880   if (Tag) {
3881     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3882     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3883     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3884       return Tag;
3885   }
3886 
3887   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3888     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3889     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3890     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3891       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3892            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3893            << DS.getSourceRange();
3894   }
3895 
3896   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
3897     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
3898         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
3899 
3900   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3901     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3902     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3903     if (Tag)
3904       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3905           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3906     else
3907       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3908     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3909     return TagD;
3910   }
3911 
3912   if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) {
3913     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to
3914     // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and
3915     // its initializer.
3916     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
3917     return TagD;
3918   }
3919 
3920   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3921 
3922   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3923     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3924     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3925     if (TagD && !Tag)
3926       return nullptr;
3927     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3928   }
3929 
3930   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3931   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3932     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3933   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3934       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
3935       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
3936     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3937     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3938     // or an explicit specialization.
3939     //
3940     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
3941     // obvious intent of DR1819.
3942     //
3943     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3944     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3945         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
3946     return nullptr;
3947   }
3948 
3949   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3950   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3951 
3952   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3953   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3954     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3955         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3956       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3957           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
3958         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
3959         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
3960         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
3961         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
3962         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
3963         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
3964         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
3965         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
3966           AnonRecord = Record;
3967         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3968                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3969       }
3970 
3971       DeclaresAnything = false;
3972     }
3973   }
3974 
3975   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3976   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3977   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3978   //
3979   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3980   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3981   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3982       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3983     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3984     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3985     //   struct STRUCT;
3986     //   union UNION;
3987     // and
3988     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3989     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3990     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3991         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3992       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3993       if (Tag)
3994         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3995       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3996                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3997         Record = RT->getDecl();
3998       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3999         Record = UT->getDecl();
4000 
4001       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4002         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4003           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4004         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4005       }
4006 
4007       DeclaresAnything = false;
4008     }
4009   }
4010 
4011   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4012   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4013       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4014     return TagD;
4015 
4016   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4017       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4018     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4019       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4020           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4021         DeclaresAnything = false;
4022 
4023   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4024     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4025     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4026       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4027         << DS.getSourceRange();
4028     else
4029       DeclaresAnything = false;
4030   }
4031 
4032   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4033       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4034     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4035       << Tag->getTagKind()
4036       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4037 
4038   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4039 
4040   // C 6.7/2:
4041   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4042   //   or the members of an enumeration.
4043   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4044   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4045   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4046   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4047   //   previous declaration.
4048   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4049     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4050     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4051     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
4052     return TagD;
4053   }
4054 
4055   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4056   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4057   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4058   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4059   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4060   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4061   //
4062   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4063   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4064   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4065     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4066 
4067   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4068   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4069   // useless.
4070   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4071     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4072       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4073       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4074       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4075     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4076       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4077         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4078   }
4079 
4080   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4081     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4082       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4083   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4084     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4085       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4086     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4087       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4088     // Restrict is covered above.
4089     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4090       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4091     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4092       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4093   }
4094 
4095   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4096   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4097   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4098   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4099     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4100     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4101         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4102         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4103         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4104         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4105       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
4106            attrs = attrs->getNext())
4107         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4108             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4109     }
4110   }
4111 
4112   return TagD;
4113 }
4114 
4115 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4116 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4117 ///
4118 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4119 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4120                                          Scope *S,
4121                                          DeclContext *Owner,
4122                                          DeclarationName Name,
4123                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4124                                          bool IsUnion) {
4125   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4126                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4127   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4128 
4129   // Pick a representative declaration.
4130   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4131   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4132 
4133   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4134     return false;
4135 
4136   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4137     << IsUnion << Name;
4138   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4139 
4140   return true;
4141 }
4142 
4143 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4144 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4145 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4146 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4147 /// struct, e.g.,
4148 ///
4149 /// @code
4150 /// union {
4151 ///   int i;
4152 ///   float f;
4153 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4154 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
4155 /// @endcode
4156 ///
4157 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4158 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4159 static bool
4160 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4161                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4162                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4163   bool Invalid = false;
4164 
4165   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4166   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4167     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4168         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4169       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4170       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4171                                        VD->getLocation(),
4172                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4173         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4174         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4175         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4176         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4177         Invalid = true;
4178       } else {
4179         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4180         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4181         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4182         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4183         //   anonymous union is declared.
4184         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4185         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4186           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4187         else
4188           Chaining.push_back(VD);
4189 
4190         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
4191         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4192           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4193         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4194           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4195 
4196         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4197             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4198             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4199 
4200         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4201           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4202 
4203         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4204         IndirectField->setImplicit();
4205         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4206 
4207         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4208         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4209 
4210         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4211       }
4212     }
4213   }
4214 
4215   return Invalid;
4216 }
4217 
4218 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4219 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4220 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4221 static StorageClass
4222 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4223   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4224   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4225          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4226   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4227   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
4228   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4229     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4230       return SC_None;
4231     return SC_Extern;
4232   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4233   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4234   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4235   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4236     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4237   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4238   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4239   }
4240   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4241 }
4242 
4243 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4244   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4245 
4246   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4247     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4248     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4249       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4250     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4251       return FD->getLocation();
4252   }
4253 
4254   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4255 }
4256 
4257 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4258                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4259   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4260     return;
4261 
4262   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4263   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4264 }
4265 
4266 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4267                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4268   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4269     return;
4270 
4271   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4272 }
4273 
4274 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4275 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4276 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4277 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4278 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4279                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4280                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4281                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4282   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4283 
4284   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4285   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4286     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4287   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4288     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4289   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4290     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4291 
4292   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4293   // structs/unions.
4294   bool Invalid = false;
4295   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4296     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4297     unsigned DiagID;
4298     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4299       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4300       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4301       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4302       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4303           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4304            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4305             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4306         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4307           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4308 
4309         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4310         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4311                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4312       }
4313       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4314       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4315       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4316       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4317                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4318         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4319              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4320           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4321 
4322         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4323         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4324                                SourceLocation(),
4325                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4326       }
4327     }
4328 
4329     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4330     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4331       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4332         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4333           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4334           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4335       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4336         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4337              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4338           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4339           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4340       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4341         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4342              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4343           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4344           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4345       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4346         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4347              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4348           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4349           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4350       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4351         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
4352              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4353           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
4354           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
4355 
4356       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4357     }
4358 
4359     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4360     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4361     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4362     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4363     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4364       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4365         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4366         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4367         //   members (clause 11).
4368         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4369         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4370           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4371             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4372           Invalid = true;
4373         }
4374 
4375         // C++ [class.union]p1
4376         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4377         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4378         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4379         //   array of such objects.
4380         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4381           Invalid = true;
4382       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4383         // Any implicit members are fine.
4384       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4385         // This is a type that showed up in an
4386         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4387         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4388         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4389       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4390         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4391             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4392           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4393           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4394             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4395               << Record->isUnion();
4396           else {
4397             // This is a nested type declaration.
4398             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4399               << Record->isUnion();
4400             Invalid = true;
4401           }
4402         } else {
4403           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4404           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4405           // not part of standard C++.
4406           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4407                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4408             << Record->isUnion();
4409         }
4410       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4411         // Any access specifier is fine.
4412       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4413         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4414       } else {
4415         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4416         // member. Complain about it.
4417         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4418         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4419           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4420         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4421           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4422         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4423           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4424 
4425         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4426         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4427             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4428           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4429             << Record->isUnion();
4430         else {
4431           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
4432           Invalid = true;
4433         }
4434       }
4435     }
4436 
4437     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4438     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4439     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4440     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4441         Owner->isRecord())
4442       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4443                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4444   }
4445 
4446   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4447     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4448       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4449     Invalid = true;
4450   }
4451 
4452   // Mock up a declarator.
4453   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4454   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4455   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4456 
4457   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4458   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4459   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4460     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4461                              DS.getLocStart(),
4462                              Record->getLocation(),
4463                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4464                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4465                              TInfo,
4466                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4467                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4468     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4469     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4470       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4471   } else {
4472     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4473     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4474     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4475       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4476       // an error here
4477       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4478       Invalid = true;
4479       SC = SC_None;
4480     }
4481 
4482     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4483                            DS.getLocStart(),
4484                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4485                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4486                            TInfo, SC);
4487 
4488     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4489     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4490     // initializer:
4491     //   union { int n = 0; };
4492     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4493   }
4494   Anon->setImplicit();
4495 
4496   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4497   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4498 
4499   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4500   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4501   // its members.
4502   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4503 
4504   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4505   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4506   // purposes.
4507   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4508   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4509 
4510   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
4511     Invalid = true;
4512 
4513   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4514     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4515       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4516       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4517               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4518         Context.setManglingNumber(
4519             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4520                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4521         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4522       }
4523     }
4524   }
4525 
4526   if (Invalid)
4527     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4528 
4529   return Anon;
4530 }
4531 
4532 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4533 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4534 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4535 /// Example:
4536 ///
4537 /// struct A { int a; };
4538 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4539 ///
4540 /// void foo() {
4541 ///   B var;
4542 ///   var.a = 3;
4543 /// }
4544 ///
4545 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4546                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4547   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4548 
4549   // Mock up a declarator.
4550   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4551   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4552   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4553 
4554   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4555   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4556 
4557   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4558   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4559                              ParentDecl,
4560                              DS.getLocStart(),
4561                              DS.getLocStart(),
4562                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4563                              RecTy,
4564                              TInfo,
4565                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4566                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4567   Anon->setImplicit();
4568 
4569   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4570   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4571 
4572   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4573   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4574   // purposes.
4575   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4576   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4577 
4578   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4579   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4580                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4581       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4582                                           AS_none, Chain)) {
4583     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4584     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4585   }
4586 
4587   return Anon;
4588 }
4589 
4590 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4591 /// given Declarator.
4592 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4593   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4594 }
4595 
4596 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4597 DeclarationNameInfo
4598 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4599   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4600   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4601 
4602   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4603 
4604   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4605   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4606     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4607     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4608     return NameInfo;
4609 
4610   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4611     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4612                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4613     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4614     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4615       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4616     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4617       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4618     return NameInfo;
4619 
4620   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4621     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4622                                                            Name.Identifier));
4623     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4624     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4625     return NameInfo;
4626 
4627   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4628     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4629     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4630     if (Ty.isNull())
4631       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4632     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4633                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4634     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4635     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4636     return NameInfo;
4637   }
4638 
4639   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4640     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4641     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4642     if (Ty.isNull())
4643       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4644     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4645                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4646     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4647     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4648     return NameInfo;
4649   }
4650 
4651   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4652     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4653     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4654     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4655     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4656     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4657       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4658 
4659     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4660     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4661 
4662     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4663     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4664     // was qualified.
4665 
4666     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4667                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4668     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4669     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4670     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4671     return NameInfo;
4672   }
4673 
4674   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4675     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4676     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4677     if (Ty.isNull())
4678       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4679     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4680                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4681     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4682     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4683     return NameInfo;
4684   }
4685 
4686   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4687     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4688     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4689     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4690   }
4691 
4692   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4693 
4694   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4695 }
4696 
4697 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4698   do {
4699     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4700       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4701     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4702       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4703     else
4704       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4705   } while (true);
4706 }
4707 
4708 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4709 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4710 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4711 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4712 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4713 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4714 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4715 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4716                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4717                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4718                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4719   Params.clear();
4720   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4721     return false;
4722   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4723     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4724     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4725 
4726     // The parameter types are identical
4727     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4728       continue;
4729 
4730     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4731     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4732     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4733     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4734 
4735     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4736         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4737       Params.push_back(Idx);
4738     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4739       return false;
4740   }
4741 
4742   return true;
4743 }
4744 
4745 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4746 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4747 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4748 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4749 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4750 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4751                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4752   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4753   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4754   //   - types which will become injected class names
4755   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4756   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4757   // few cases here.
4758 
4759   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4760   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4761   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4762   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4763   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4764   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4765     // Grab the type from the parser.
4766     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4767     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4768     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4769 
4770     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4771     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4772     // attached already.
4773     if (!TSI)
4774       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4775 
4776     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4777     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4778     if (!TSI) return true;
4779 
4780     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4781     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4782     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4783     break;
4784   }
4785 
4786   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4787   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4788     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4789     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4790     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4791     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4792     break;
4793   }
4794 
4795   default:
4796     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4797     break;
4798   }
4799 
4800   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4801   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4802     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4803 
4804     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4805     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4806     // pointer.
4807     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4808       continue;
4809 
4810     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4811     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4812     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4813       return true;
4814   }
4815 
4816   return false;
4817 }
4818 
4819 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4820   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4821   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4822 
4823   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4824       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4825     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4826 
4827   return Dcl;
4828 }
4829 
4830 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4831 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4832 ///   name different from T:
4833 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4834 ///     - every member function of class T
4835 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4836 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4837 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4838                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4839   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4840 
4841   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
4842   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
4843     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
4844   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4845     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4846     return true;
4847   }
4848 
4849   return false;
4850 }
4851 
4852 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4853 /// nested-name-specifier.
4854 ///
4855 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4856 ///
4857 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4858 /// resolves.
4859 ///
4860 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4861 ///
4862 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4863 ///
4864 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4865 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4866                                         DeclarationName Name,
4867                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4868   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4869   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4870     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4871 
4872   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4873   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4874   //
4875   // class X {
4876   //   void X::f();
4877   // };
4878   //
4879   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4880   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4881   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4882     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4883       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4884                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4885         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4886       SS.clear();
4887     } else {
4888       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4889     }
4890     return false;
4891   }
4892 
4893   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4894   // declaration.
4895   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4896     if (Cur->isRecord())
4897       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4898         << Name << SS.getRange();
4899     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4900       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4901         << Name << SS.getRange();
4902     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4903       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4904         << Name << SS.getRange();
4905     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4906       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4907         << Name << SS.getRange();
4908     else
4909       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4910       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4911 
4912     return true;
4913   }
4914 
4915   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4916     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4917     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4918       << Name << SS.getRange();
4919     SS.clear();
4920 
4921     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4922     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4923     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4924     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4925          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4926         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4927                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4928       return true;
4929 
4930     return false;
4931   }
4932 
4933   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4934   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4935   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4936   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4937   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4938     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4939   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4940         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4941     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4942       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4943 
4944   return false;
4945 }
4946 
4947 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4948                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4949   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4950   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4951   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4952 
4953   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4954   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4955   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
4956     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
4957   } else if (!Name) {
4958     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4959       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4960            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4961         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4962     return nullptr;
4963   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4964     return nullptr;
4965 
4966   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4967   // we find one that is.
4968   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4969          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4970     S = S->getParent();
4971 
4972   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4973   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4974     D.setInvalidType();
4975   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4976     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4977                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4978       return nullptr;
4979 
4980     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4981     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4982     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4983       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4984       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4985       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4986       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4987       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4988            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4989         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4990         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4991       return nullptr;
4992     }
4993     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4994 
4995     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4996         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4997       return nullptr;
4998 
4999     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5000     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5001       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5002            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5003         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5004       return nullptr;
5005     }
5006     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5007       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
5008                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
5009         if (DC->isRecord())
5010           return nullptr;
5011 
5012         D.setInvalidType();
5013       }
5014     }
5015 
5016     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5017     // declaration in the current instantiation.
5018     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5019         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5020       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5021       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5022         D.setInvalidType();
5023     }
5024   }
5025 
5026   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5027   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5028 
5029   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5030     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
5031     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
5032     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
5033     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5034       return nullptr;
5035 
5036   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5037                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
5038     D.setInvalidType();
5039 
5040   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5041                         ForRedeclaration);
5042 
5043   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5044   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5045     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5046     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5047 
5048     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5049     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5050     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5051     //
5052     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5053     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5054     // the same name.
5055     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5056       /* Do nothing*/;
5057     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5058              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5059               R->isFunctionType())) {
5060       IsLinkageLookup = true;
5061       CreateBuiltins =
5062           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5063     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5064                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5065       CreateBuiltins = true;
5066 
5067     if (IsLinkageLookup)
5068       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5069 
5070     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5071   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5072     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5073 
5074     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5075     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5076     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5077     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5078     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5079     //  thereof; [...]
5080     //
5081     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5082     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5083     // we want to match. For example, given:
5084     //
5085     //   class X {
5086     //     void f();
5087     //     void f(float);
5088     //   };
5089     //
5090     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5091     //
5092     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5093     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5094     // matches.
5095 
5096     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5097     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5098     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5099     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5100     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5101   }
5102 
5103   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5104       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5105     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5106     if (!D.isInvalidType())
5107       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5108                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
5109 
5110     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5111     Previous.clear();
5112   }
5113 
5114   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5115   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5116   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
5117   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
5118   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5119       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5120     Previous.clear();
5121 
5122   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5123   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5124   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5125     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5126 
5127   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
5128     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
5129     // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
5130     // template, declared in namespace scope
5131     if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5132       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5133            diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5134       return nullptr;
5135     }
5136 
5137     if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
5138       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5139            diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope);
5140       return nullptr;
5141     }
5142   }
5143 
5144   NamedDecl *New;
5145 
5146   bool AddToScope = true;
5147   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5148     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5149       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5150       return nullptr;
5151     }
5152 
5153     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5154   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5155     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5156                                   TemplateParamLists,
5157                                   AddToScope);
5158   } else {
5159     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5160                                   AddToScope);
5161   }
5162 
5163   if (!New)
5164     return nullptr;
5165 
5166   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5167   // add it to the scope stack.
5168   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) {
5169     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
5170     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
5171     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
5172     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
5173     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
5174     if (!AddToContext)
5175       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
5176   }
5177 
5178   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5179     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5180 
5181   return New;
5182 }
5183 
5184 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5185 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5186 /// GCC compatibility).
5187 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5188                                                     ASTContext &Context,
5189                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
5190                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5191   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5192   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
5193   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5194   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5195   SizeIsNegative = false;
5196   Oversized = 0;
5197 
5198   if (T->isDependentType())
5199     return QualType();
5200 
5201   QualifierCollector Qs;
5202   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
5203 
5204   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
5205     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
5206     QualType FixedType =
5207         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5208                                             Oversized);
5209     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5210     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
5211     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5212   }
5213   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
5214     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
5215     QualType FixedType =
5216         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5217                                             Oversized);
5218     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5219     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5220     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5221   }
5222 
5223   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5224   if (!VLATy)
5225     return QualType();
5226   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
5227   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
5228     return QualType();
5229 
5230   llvm::APSInt Res;
5231   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5232       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
5233     return QualType();
5234 
5235   // Check whether the array size is negative.
5236   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5237     SizeIsNegative = true;
5238     return QualType();
5239   }
5240 
5241   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5242   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
5243     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
5244                                               Res);
5245   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5246     Oversized = Res;
5247     return QualType();
5248   }
5249 
5250   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
5251                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5252 }
5253 
5254 static void
5255 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5256   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5257   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5258   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5259     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5260     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5261                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5262     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5263     return;
5264   }
5265   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5266     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5267     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5268                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5269     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5270     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5271     return;
5272   }
5273   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5274   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5275   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5276   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5277   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5278   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5279   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5280   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5281 }
5282 
5283 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5284 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5285 /// GCC compatibility).
5286 static TypeSourceInfo*
5287 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5288                                               ASTContext &Context,
5289                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5290                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5291   QualType FixedTy
5292     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5293                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5294   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5295     return nullptr;
5296   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5297   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5298                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5299   return FixedTInfo;
5300 }
5301 
5302 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5303 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5304 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5305 /// function-scope declarations.
5306 void
5307 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5308   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5309       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5310     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5311     return;
5312 
5313   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5314   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5315 }
5316 
5317 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5318   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5319   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5320   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5321 }
5322 
5323 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5324 /// does not identify a function.
5325 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5326   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5327   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
5328   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5329     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5330          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5331 
5332   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5333     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5334          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5335 
5336   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5337     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5338          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5339 }
5340 
5341 NamedDecl*
5342 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5343                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5344   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5345   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5346     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5347       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5348     D.setInvalidType();
5349     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5350     DC = CurContext;
5351     Previous.clear();
5352   }
5353 
5354   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5355 
5356   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
5357     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
5358         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
5359   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5360     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5361       << 1;
5362   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified())
5363     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5364          diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5365 
5366   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5367     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5368       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5369     return nullptr;
5370   }
5371 
5372   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5373   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5374 
5375   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5376   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5377 
5378   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5379 
5380   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5381   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5382   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5383   return ND;
5384 }
5385 
5386 void
5387 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5388   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5389   // then it shall have block scope.
5390   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5391   // that redeclarations will match.
5392   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5393   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5394   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5395     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5396 
5397     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5398       bool SizeIsNegative;
5399       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5400       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5401         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5402                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5403                                                       Oversized);
5404       if (FixedTInfo) {
5405         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5406         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5407       } else {
5408         if (SizeIsNegative)
5409           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5410         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5411           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5412         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5413           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5414             << Oversized.toString(10);
5415         else
5416           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5417         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5418       }
5419     }
5420   }
5421 }
5422 
5423 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5424 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5425 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5426 NamedDecl*
5427 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5428                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5429   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5430   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5431   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5432                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5433   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5434   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5435     Redeclaration = true;
5436     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
5437   }
5438 
5439   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5440   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5441     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5442         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5443       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5444         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5445       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5446         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5447       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5448         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5449       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5450         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5451     }
5452 
5453   return NewTD;
5454 }
5455 
5456 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5457 /// previous declaration.
5458 ///
5459 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5460 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5461 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5462 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5463 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5464 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5465 ///
5466 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5467 /// lookup
5468 ///
5469 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5470 /// declared.
5471 ///
5472 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5473 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5474 static bool
5475 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5476                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5477   if (!PrevDecl)
5478     return false;
5479 
5480   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5481     return false;
5482 
5483   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5484     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5485     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5486     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5487     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5488     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5489     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5490     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5491     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5492       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5493       return false;
5494 
5495     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5496     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5497       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5498       return false;
5499 
5500     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5501     // previous declarations.
5502     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5503     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5504 
5505     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5506     // isn't the same function.
5507     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5508       return false;
5509   }
5510 
5511   return true;
5512 }
5513 
5514 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5515   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5516   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5517   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5518 }
5519 
5520 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5521   QualType type = decl->getType();
5522   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5523   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5524     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5525     unsigned kind = -1U;
5526     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5527       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5528         kind = 0; // __block
5529       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5530         kind = 1; // global
5531     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5532       kind = 3; // ivar
5533     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5534       kind = 2; // field
5535     }
5536 
5537     if (kind != -1U) {
5538       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5539         << kind;
5540     }
5541   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5542     // Try to infer lifetime.
5543     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5544       return false;
5545 
5546     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5547     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5548     decl->setType(type);
5549   }
5550 
5551   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5552     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5553     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5554         var->getTLSKind()) {
5555       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5556         << var->getType();
5557       return true;
5558     }
5559   }
5560 
5561   return false;
5562 }
5563 
5564 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5565   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5566   // the wrong linkage.
5567   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5568 
5569   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5570   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5571     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5572       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5573       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5574     }
5575   }
5576   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5577     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5578       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5579       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5580       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5581     }
5582   }
5583 
5584   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5585     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5586       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5587         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5588                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5589         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
5590         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5591       }
5592     }
5593   }
5594 
5595   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5596   // It does not apply to functions.
5597   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5598     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5599       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5600              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5601       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5602     }
5603   }
5604 
5605   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5606     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
5607     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
5608     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
5609     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) {
5610       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5611         << &ND << Attr;
5612       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5613     }
5614   }
5615 
5616   // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'.
5617   if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>())
5618     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND))
5619       if (MD->isVirtual()) {
5620         S.Diag(ND.getLocation(),
5621                diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function)
5622             << Attr;
5623         ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>();
5624       }
5625 }
5626 
5627 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5628                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5629                                            bool IsSpecialization,
5630                                            bool IsDefinition) {
5631   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5632     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5633     if (!IsSpecialization)
5634       IsDefinition = false;
5635   }
5636   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5637     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5638 
5639   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5640     return;
5641 
5642   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5643   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5644   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5645   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5646 
5647   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5648   // inherited attribute instances.
5649   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5650                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5651 
5652   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5653   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5654   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5655   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5656   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5657 
5658   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5659     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5660     bool JustWarn = false;
5661     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5662       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5663       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5664         JustWarn = true;
5665       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5666       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5667         JustWarn = true;
5668     }
5669 
5670     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5671     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5672     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5673     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
5674       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
5675         JustWarn = false;
5676 
5677     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5678                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5679     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5680         << NewDecl
5681         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5682     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5683     if (!JustWarn) {
5684       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5685       return;
5686     }
5687   }
5688 
5689   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5690   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5691   // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case,
5692   // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport.
5693   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5694   bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
5695   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5696     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5697     // separately.
5698     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5699     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
5700                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
5701   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5702     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5703     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5704                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5705   }
5706 
5707   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5708       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5709     if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) {
5710       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5711              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
5712           << NewDecl;
5713       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5714       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5715       NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr(
5716           NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context,
5717           NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex()));
5718     } else {
5719       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5720              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5721           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5722       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5723       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5724       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5725       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5726     }
5727   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) {
5728     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5729     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5730     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5731     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5732            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5733         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5734   }
5735 }
5736 
5737 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5738 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5739 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5740 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5741   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5742 
5743   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5744   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5745 
5746   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5747   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5748     return false;
5749 
5750   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5751 
5752 #ifndef NDEBUG
5753   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5754   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5755   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5756   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5757   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5758 #endif
5759 
5760   bool isC99Inline =
5761       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5762 
5763 #ifndef NDEBUG
5764   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5765 #endif
5766 
5767   return isC99Inline;
5768 }
5769 
5770 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5771 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5772 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5773 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5774 ///
5775 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5776 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5777 ///
5778 /// For instance:
5779 ///
5780 ///   auto x = []{};
5781 ///
5782 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5783 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5784 ///
5785 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5786 template<typename T>
5787 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5788   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5789     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5790     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5791       return false;
5792 
5793     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
5794     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
5795                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
5796       return false;
5797   }
5798   return D->isExternC();
5799 }
5800 
5801 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5802   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5803   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
5804     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5805   if (DC->isFileContext())
5806     return true;
5807   if (DC->isRecord())
5808     return false;
5809   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5810 }
5811 
5812 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5813   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5814   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
5815       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
5816     return true;
5817   if (DC->isRecord())
5818     return false;
5819   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5820 }
5821 
5822 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5823                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5824   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5825     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5826       return true;
5827   return false;
5828 }
5829 
5830 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5831                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5832   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5833   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5834     return true;
5835 
5836   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5837   // position to the decl itself.
5838   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5839     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5840       return true;
5841   }
5842 
5843   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5844   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5845 }
5846 
5847 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5848 /// function-local external declaration.
5849 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5850   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5851     return false;
5852 
5853   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5854   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5855   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5856   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5857     return true;
5858 
5859   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5860   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5861   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5862   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5863   //
5864   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5865   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5866   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5867     DC = DC->getParent();
5868   return true;
5869 }
5870 
5871 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
5872 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
5873   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5874     return FD->isExternC();
5875   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5876     return VD->isExternC();
5877 
5878   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5879 }
5880 
5881 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
5882     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5883     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5884     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
5885   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5886   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5887 
5888   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5889 
5890   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5891     AddToScope = false;
5892     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
5893     // purposes.
5894     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
5895     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
5896       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
5897       Name = II;
5898     }
5899   } else if (!II) {
5900     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5901       << Name;
5902     return nullptr;
5903   }
5904 
5905   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
5906   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
5907   // argument.
5908   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) {
5909     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5910          diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
5911         << R;
5912     D.setInvalidType();
5913     return nullptr;
5914   }
5915 
5916   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5917   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5918 
5919   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5920   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5921   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5922       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5923       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5924     SC = SC_Extern;
5925 
5926   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5927   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5928                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5929 
5930   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5931     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5932     QualType NR = R;
5933     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5934       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5935         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5936         D.setInvalidType();
5937         break;
5938       }
5939       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5940     }
5941 
5942     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5943       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5944       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5945       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5946         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5947         D.setInvalidType();
5948       }
5949     }
5950   }
5951 
5952   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5953     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5954     // an error here
5955     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5956     D.setInvalidType();
5957     SC = SC_None;
5958   }
5959 
5960   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5961       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5962                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5963     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5964     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5965     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5966     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5967          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
5968                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5969       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5970   }
5971 
5972   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5973 
5974   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5975     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5976     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5977     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5978     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5979       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5980       D.setInvalidType();
5981     }
5982   }
5983 
5984   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5985     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5986     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5987     // space qualifiers.
5988     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5989       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5990       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5991     }
5992 
5993     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5994     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5995     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5996     // address space qualifiers.
5997     if (R->isEventT()) {
5998       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5999         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
6000         D.setInvalidType();
6001       }
6002 
6003       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
6004         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6005         D.setInvalidType();
6006       }
6007     }
6008   }
6009 
6010   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
6011   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6012   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6013   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6014   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6015   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6016   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6017   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6018     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6019                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
6020                             R, TInfo, SC);
6021 
6022     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
6023       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6024 
6025     if (D.isInvalidType())
6026       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6027   } else {
6028     bool Invalid = false;
6029 
6030     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6031       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
6032       switch (SC) {
6033       case SC_None:
6034         break;
6035       case SC_Static:
6036         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6037              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6038           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6039         break;
6040       case SC_Auto:
6041       case SC_Register:
6042       case SC_Extern:
6043         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
6044         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
6045         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
6046         // of class members
6047 
6048         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6049              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
6050           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6051         break;
6052       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6053         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
6054       }
6055     }
6056 
6057     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
6058       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
6059         if (RD->isLocalClass())
6060           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6061                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
6062             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
6063 
6064         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
6065         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
6066         if (RD->isUnion())
6067           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6068                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6069                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
6070                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
6071         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
6072         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
6073           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6074                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
6075             << Name << RD->isUnion();
6076       }
6077     }
6078 
6079     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6080     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6081     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6082         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6083         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6084         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6085             ? D.getName().TemplateId
6086             : nullptr,
6087         TemplateParamLists,
6088         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
6089 
6090     if (TemplateParams) {
6091       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
6092           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6093         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
6094         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
6095         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6096              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
6097           << II
6098           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6099                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
6100         TemplateParams = nullptr;
6101       } else {
6102         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6103           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
6104           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
6105           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
6106           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
6107         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
6108           // This is a template declaration.
6109           IsVariableTemplate = true;
6110 
6111           // Check that we can declare a template here.
6112           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6113             return nullptr;
6114 
6115           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
6116           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6117                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
6118                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
6119                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
6120         }
6121       }
6122     } else {
6123       assert(
6124           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
6125           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
6126     }
6127 
6128     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6129       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
6130           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
6131               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
6132               : SourceLocation();
6133       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
6134           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
6135           IsPartialSpecialization);
6136       if (Res.isInvalid())
6137         return nullptr;
6138       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
6139       AddToScope = false;
6140     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6141       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6142                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
6143                                         Bindings);
6144     } else
6145       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6146                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
6147 
6148     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
6149     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
6150       NewTemplate =
6151           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
6152                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
6153       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
6154     }
6155 
6156     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
6157     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
6158     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
6159       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6160 
6161     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
6162       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6163       if (NewTemplate)
6164         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6165     }
6166 
6167     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
6168 
6169     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
6170     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
6171     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
6172     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
6173       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
6174           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
6175 
6176     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6177       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
6178       // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
6179       //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
6180       //   implicitly an inline variable.
6181       if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z)
6182         NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
6183     }
6184 
6185     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
6186       if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6187         VTD->setConcept();
6188 
6189       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
6190       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
6191       // specifiers, [...]
6192       if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) {
6193         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6194              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
6195             << 0 << 0;
6196         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6197       }
6198 
6199       if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6200         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
6201              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
6202             << 0 << 3;
6203         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6204       }
6205 
6206       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
6207       // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
6208       // template, declared in namespace scope.
6209       if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6210         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
6211              diag::err_concept_specified_specialization)
6212             << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1);
6213       }
6214 
6215       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the
6216       // following restrictions:
6217       // - The declared type shall have the type bool.
6218       if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) &&
6219           !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6220         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl);
6221         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6222       }
6223     }
6224   }
6225 
6226   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
6227     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6228       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6229           << 0;
6230     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6231       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
6232       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6233            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6234         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6235     } else {
6236       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6237            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
6238                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
6239       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
6240     }
6241   }
6242 
6243   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
6244   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
6245   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6246   if (NewTemplate)
6247     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6248 
6249   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
6250     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
6251       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6252         B->setLocalExternDecl();
6253     else
6254       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
6255   }
6256 
6257   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
6258   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
6259     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
6260     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
6261     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
6262     //   explicitly.
6263     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
6264     //   'extern'.
6265     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
6266         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
6267          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
6268          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
6269       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6270            diag::err_thread_non_global)
6271         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6272     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
6273       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
6274         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
6275         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
6276         // error should be ignored.
6277         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
6278         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
6279         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
6280         // to emit any code for it.
6281         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6282       } else
6283         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6284              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6285     } else
6286       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6287   }
6288 
6289   // C99 6.7.4p3
6290   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
6291   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
6292   //   thread storage duration...
6293   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
6294   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
6295   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
6296   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
6297   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
6298   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6299       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
6300     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6301     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
6302       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6303            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
6304       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
6305     }
6306   }
6307 
6308   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6309     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6310       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6311           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
6312           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6313                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6314     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
6315       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6316         << 2
6317         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6318     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6319       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6320         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
6321         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6322         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6323     else {
6324       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
6325       if (NewTemplate)
6326         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6327       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6328         B->setModulePrivate();
6329     }
6330   }
6331 
6332   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6333   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
6334 
6335   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
6336     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
6337       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6338            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6339     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
6340     // storage [duration]."
6341     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6342         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
6343          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
6344       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
6345     }
6346   }
6347 
6348   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
6349   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
6350   // check the VarDecl itself.
6351   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
6352          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
6353          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
6354 
6355   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
6356   // retainable type.
6357   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
6358     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6359 
6360   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6361   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
6362     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6363     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6364     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
6365     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
6366       switch (SC) {
6367       case SC_None:
6368       case SC_Auto:
6369         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
6370         break;
6371       case SC_Register:
6372         // Local Named register
6373         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6374             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
6375           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6376         break;
6377       case SC_Static:
6378       case SC_Extern:
6379       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6380         break;
6381       }
6382     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6383       // Global Named register
6384       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
6385         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
6386         bool HasSizeMismatch;
6387 
6388         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
6389           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6390         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
6391                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
6392                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
6393           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
6394         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
6395           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
6396       }
6397 
6398       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6399         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6400         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6401       }
6402     }
6403 
6404     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6405                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6406   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6407     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6408       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6409     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6410       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6411         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6412         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6413       } else
6414         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6415             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6416     }
6417   }
6418 
6419   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
6420   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
6421     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
6422 
6423   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6424   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6425   // declaration has linkage).
6426   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6427                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6428                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6429                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6430 
6431   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6432   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6433   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6434       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6435     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6436         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6437         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6438 
6439   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6440     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6441   } else {
6442     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6443     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6444         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6445       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6446 
6447     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6448     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6449       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6450           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6451           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6452         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6453         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6454         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6455           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6456         Previous.clear();
6457         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6458       }
6459     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6460       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6461       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6462         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6463         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6464       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6465     }
6466 
6467     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6468       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6469 
6470     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...]
6471     // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a
6472     // concept definition.
6473     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization &&
6474         !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() &&
6475         Previous.isSingleResult()) {
6476       NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
6477       if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) {
6478         if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) {
6479           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized)
6480               << 1                            /*variable*/
6481               << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/
6482                                           : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/);
6483           Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6484           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6485         }
6486       }
6487     }
6488 
6489     if (NewTemplate) {
6490       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6491           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6492               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6493               : nullptr;
6494 
6495       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6496       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6497       // template declaration.
6498       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6499               TemplateParams,
6500               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6501                               : nullptr,
6502               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6503                DC->isDependentContext())
6504                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6505                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6506         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6507 
6508       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6509       // template, make a note of that.
6510       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6511           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6512         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6513     }
6514   }
6515 
6516   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6517 
6518   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6519   // the map of such variables.
6520   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6521       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6522     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6523 
6524   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6525     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6526     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6527             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6528       Context.setManglingNumber(
6529           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6530                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6531       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6532     }
6533   }
6534 
6535   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
6536   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
6537       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6538       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
6539 
6540     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
6541     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
6542     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6543       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
6544 
6545     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
6546     // behavior.
6547     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
6548       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
6549   }
6550 
6551   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6552     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6553         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6554         IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition());
6555   }
6556 
6557   if (NewTemplate) {
6558     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6559       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6560     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6561     return NewTemplate;
6562   }
6563 
6564   return NewVD;
6565 }
6566 
6567 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
6568 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field };
6569 
6570 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6571 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
6572                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
6573   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
6574     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
6575   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
6576 }
6577 
6578 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6579 /// -Wshadow.
6580 ///
6581 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6582 /// scope.
6583 ///
6584 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6585 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6586 ///
6587 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6588   // Return if warning is ignored.
6589   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6590     return;
6591 
6592   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6593   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6594     return;
6595 
6596   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6597 
6598   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6599   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6600     return;
6601 
6602   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6603   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6604     return;
6605 
6606   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
6607     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6608     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6609       if (MD->isStatic())
6610         return;
6611 
6612     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
6613     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
6614     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
6615       // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
6616       // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
6617       D = D->getCanonicalDecl();
6618       ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD});
6619       return;
6620     }
6621   }
6622 
6623   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6624     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6625       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6626       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6627       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6628         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6629           ShadowedDecl = I;
6630           break;
6631         }
6632     }
6633 
6634   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6635 
6636   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6637   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6638     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6639     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6640       return;
6641 
6642     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6643     // static data members from base classes?
6644 
6645     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6646     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6647     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6648   }
6649 
6650 
6651   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6652 
6653   // Emit warning and note.
6654   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6655     return;
6656   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
6657   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6658   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6659 }
6660 
6661 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6662 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6663   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6664     return;
6665 
6666   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6667                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6668   LookupName(R, S);
6669   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6670 }
6671 
6672 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
6673 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
6674 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6675   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
6676   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
6677     return;
6678   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6679   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
6680   if (!DRE)
6681     return;
6682   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
6683   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
6684   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
6685     return;
6686   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
6687   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6688   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
6689   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
6690   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6691 
6692   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
6693   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
6694 }
6695 
6696 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6697 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6698 template<typename T>
6699 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6700     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6701   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6702   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6703 
6704   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6705     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6706     // declaration.
6707     return false;
6708   }
6709 
6710   if (Prev) {
6711     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6712       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6713       // redeclaration.
6714       Previous.clear();
6715       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6716       return true;
6717     }
6718 
6719     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6720     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6721     // declaration.
6722     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6723       return false;
6724   } else {
6725     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6726     // translation unit which might conflict.
6727     if (IsGlobal) {
6728       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6729       IsGlobal = false;
6730       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6731            I != E; ++I) {
6732         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6733           Prev = *I;
6734           break;
6735         }
6736       }
6737     } else {
6738       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6739           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6740       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6741            I != E; ++I) {
6742         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6743           Prev = *I;
6744           break;
6745         }
6746         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6747         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6748         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6749         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6750         // diagnostic.
6751       }
6752     }
6753 
6754     if (!Prev)
6755       return false;
6756   }
6757 
6758   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6759   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6760   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6761   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6762     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6763   else
6764     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6765 
6766   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6767     << IsGlobal << ND;
6768   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6769     << IsGlobal;
6770   return false;
6771 }
6772 
6773 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6774 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6775 ///
6776 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6777 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6778 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6779 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6780 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6781 template<typename T>
6782 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6783                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6784   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6785     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6786     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6787     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6788     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6789       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6790         Previous.clear();
6791         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6792         return true;
6793       }
6794     }
6795     return false;
6796   }
6797 
6798   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6799   // declaration.
6800   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6801     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6802 
6803   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6804   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6805   // in another scope.
6806   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6807     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6808 
6809   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6810   return false;
6811 }
6812 
6813 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6814   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6815   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6816     return;
6817 
6818   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6819   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6820 
6821   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6822   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6823     return;
6824 
6825   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6826     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6827 
6828   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6829     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6830       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6831     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6832     NewVD->setType(T);
6833   }
6834 
6835   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6836   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6837   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6838   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6839   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL
6840       && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6841     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6842     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6843     return;
6844   }
6845 
6846   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
6847   // scope.
6848   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
6849       !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers &&
6850       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6851     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6852     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6853     return;
6854   }
6855 
6856   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6857     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
6858     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6859       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
6860       return;
6861     }
6862 
6863     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
6864       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
6865       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
6866       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
6867         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
6868             << 0 /*const*/;
6869         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6870         return;
6871       }
6872       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
6873         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
6874         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6875         return;
6876       }
6877       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported.
6878       // TODO: this check is not enough as it doesn't diagnose the typedef
6879       const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>();
6880       const FunctionProtoType *FTy =
6881           BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6882       if (FTy && FTy->isVariadic()) {
6883         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic)
6884             << T << NewVD->getSourceRange();
6885         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6886         return;
6887       }
6888     }
6889     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6890     // __constant address space.
6891     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
6892     // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
6893     // address space.
6894     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
6895         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
6896       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
6897           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6898             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
6899              getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) {
6900         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
6901         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200)
6902           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6903               << Scope << "global or constant";
6904         else
6905           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6906               << Scope << "constant";
6907         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6908         return;
6909       }
6910     } else {
6911       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
6912         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
6913             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
6914         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6915         return;
6916       }
6917       // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables
6918       // in functions.
6919       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6920           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
6921         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6922         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
6923           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
6924             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
6925                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
6926           else
6927             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
6928                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
6929           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6930           return;
6931         }
6932       }
6933     }
6934   }
6935 
6936   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6937       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6938     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6939       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6940     else {
6941       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6942       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6943     }
6944   }
6945 
6946   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6947   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6948       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6949     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6950 
6951   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6952       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6953     bool SizeIsNegative;
6954     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6955     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6956       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6957                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6958     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6959       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6960       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6961       // int a[10][n];
6962       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6963 
6964       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6965         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6966         << SizeRange;
6967       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6968         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6969         << SizeRange;
6970       else
6971         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6972         << SizeRange;
6973       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6974       return;
6975     }
6976 
6977     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6978       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6979         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6980       else
6981         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6982       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6983       return;
6984     }
6985 
6986     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6987     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6988     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6989   }
6990 
6991   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6992     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6993     //                    of objects and functions.
6994     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6995       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6996         << T;
6997       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6998       return;
6999     }
7000   }
7001 
7002   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7003     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7004     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7005     return;
7006   }
7007 
7008   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7009     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
7010     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7011     return;
7012   }
7013 
7014   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
7015       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
7016                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
7017     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7018     return;
7019   }
7020 }
7021 
7022 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
7023 /// declaration.
7024 ///
7025 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
7026 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
7027 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
7028 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
7029 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
7030 ///
7031 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
7032 ///
7033 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
7034 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
7035   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
7036 
7037   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7038   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7039     return false;
7040 
7041   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
7042   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
7043   if (Previous.empty() &&
7044       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
7045     Previous.setShadowed();
7046 
7047   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7048     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
7049     return true;
7050   }
7051   return false;
7052 }
7053 
7054 namespace {
7055 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
7056   Sema *S;
7057   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
7058 
7059   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
7060   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
7061   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
7062   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
7063     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
7064         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7065 
7066     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
7067 
7068     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
7069     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7070       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
7071       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
7072       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
7073 
7074       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
7075     }
7076 
7077     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
7078          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
7079       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
7080       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7081         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
7082           return true;
7083       }
7084     }
7085 
7086     return false;
7087   }
7088 };
7089 
7090 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
7091 } // end anonymous namespace
7092 
7093 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
7094 /// overriden methods.
7095 ///
7096 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
7097 /// \param MD the overriding method.
7098 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
7099 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
7100                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
7101   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
7102   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
7103                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
7104        I != E; ++I) {
7105     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
7106     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
7107     // out the diag loop 3 times.
7108     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
7109         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
7110         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
7111       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
7112   }
7113 }
7114 
7115 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
7116 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
7117 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
7118   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
7119   CXXBasePaths Paths;
7120   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
7121   FOM.Method = MD;
7122   FOM.S = this;
7123   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7124   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7125   bool AddedAny = false;
7126   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
7127     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
7128       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
7129         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
7130         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
7131             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
7132             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
7133             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
7134           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
7135           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
7136           AddedAny = true;
7137         }
7138       }
7139     }
7140   }
7141 
7142   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
7143     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
7144   }
7145   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
7146     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
7147   }
7148 
7149   return AddedAny;
7150 }
7151 
7152 namespace {
7153   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
7154   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
7155   struct ActOnFDArgs {
7156     Scope *S;
7157     Declarator &D;
7158     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
7159     bool AddToScope;
7160   };
7161 } // end anonymous namespace
7162 
7163 namespace {
7164 
7165 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
7166 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
7167 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
7168  public:
7169   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
7170                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
7171       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
7172         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
7173 
7174   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
7175     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
7176       return false;
7177 
7178     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7179     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
7180                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
7181          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7182       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7183 
7184       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7185           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7186         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7187           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
7188           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
7189             return true;
7190         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
7191           return true;
7192         }
7193       }
7194     }
7195 
7196     return false;
7197   }
7198 
7199  private:
7200   ASTContext &Context;
7201   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
7202   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
7203 };
7204 
7205 } // end anonymous namespace
7206 
7207 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
7208 ///
7209 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
7210 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
7211 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
7212 /// the same name.
7213 ///
7214 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
7215 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
7216 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7217     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7218     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
7219   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
7220   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
7221   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7222   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
7223   TypoCorrection Correction;
7224   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
7225   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
7226                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
7227   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
7228                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
7229                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
7230                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
7231 
7232   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7233   if (IsLocalFriend)
7234     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
7235   else
7236     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
7237   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
7238          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
7239   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7240   if (!Prev.empty()) {
7241     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
7242          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
7243       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
7244       if (FD &&
7245           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7246         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
7247         // involve a parameter
7248         unsigned ParamNum =
7249             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
7250         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
7251       }
7252     }
7253   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
7254   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
7255                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
7256                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7257                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
7258                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
7259                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
7260     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
7261     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
7262                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7263     Previous.clear();
7264     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
7265     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
7266                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
7267          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7268       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7269       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7270           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7271         Previous.addDecl(FD);
7272       }
7273     }
7274     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
7275 
7276     NamedDecl *Result;
7277     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
7278     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
7279     {
7280       // Trap errors.
7281       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
7282 
7283       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
7284       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
7285       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
7286       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
7287           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
7288           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
7289           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
7290           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
7291 
7292       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
7293         Result = nullptr;
7294     }
7295 
7296     if (Result) {
7297       // Determine which correction we picked.
7298       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
7299       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7300            I != E; ++I)
7301         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
7302           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
7303 
7304       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
7305           Correction,
7306           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
7307                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
7308                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
7309             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
7310       return Result;
7311     }
7312 
7313     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
7314     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
7315                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7316     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
7317     Previous.clear();
7318     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
7319   }
7320 
7321   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
7322       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
7323 
7324   bool NewFDisConst = false;
7325   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
7326     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
7327 
7328   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
7329        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
7330        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
7331     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
7332     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
7333     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
7334     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
7335 
7336     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
7337     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
7338       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
7339       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
7340       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
7341       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
7342                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
7343         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
7344         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
7345     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
7346       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
7347           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
7348     } else
7349       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7350                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
7351                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
7352   }
7353   return nullptr;
7354 }
7355 
7356 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
7357   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
7358   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
7359   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
7360   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
7361   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
7362     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7363                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
7364     D.setInvalidType();
7365     break;
7366   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
7367   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
7368     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
7369       return SC_None;
7370     return SC_Extern;
7371   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
7372     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7373       // C99 6.7.1p5:
7374       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
7375       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
7376       //   other than extern
7377       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
7378       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7379                    diag::err_static_block_func);
7380       break;
7381     } else
7382       return SC_Static;
7383   }
7384   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
7385   }
7386 
7387   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
7388   return SC_None;
7389 }
7390 
7391 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
7392                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
7393                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7394                                            StorageClass SC,
7395                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
7396   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7397   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7398 
7399   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
7400   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7401 
7402   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7403     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7404     // prototype. This true when:
7405     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
7406     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
7407     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
7408     bool HasPrototype =
7409       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
7410       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
7411 
7412     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7413                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7414                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
7415                                  HasPrototype, false);
7416     if (D.isInvalidType())
7417       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7418 
7419     return NewFD;
7420   }
7421 
7422   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7423   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7424 
7425   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
7426   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7427   // the class has been completely parsed.
7428   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
7429       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
7430           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
7431           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
7432     D.setInvalidType();
7433 
7434   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
7435     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
7436     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
7437            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
7438 
7439     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7440     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7441                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7442                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
7443                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
7444                                       isConstexpr);
7445 
7446   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7447     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
7448     if (DC->isRecord()) {
7449       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7450       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
7451       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
7452                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
7453                                         D.getLocStart(),
7454                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
7455                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
7456 
7457       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
7458       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
7459       // it yet.
7460       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
7461           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
7462           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
7463         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
7464       }
7465 
7466       IsVirtualOkay = true;
7467       return NewDD;
7468 
7469     } else {
7470       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
7471       D.setInvalidType();
7472 
7473       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
7474       // code path.
7475       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7476                                   D.getLocStart(),
7477                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
7478                                   SC, isInline,
7479                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
7480     }
7481 
7482   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
7483     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
7484       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7485            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
7486       return nullptr;
7487     }
7488 
7489     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7490     IsVirtualOkay = true;
7491     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7492                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7493                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
7494                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7495 
7496   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
7497     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
7498     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
7499     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
7500     // constructor if it has no return type).
7501     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
7502         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
7503       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
7504         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
7505         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7506       return nullptr;
7507     }
7508 
7509     // This is a C++ method declaration.
7510     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
7511                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7512                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7513                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
7514                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7515     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
7516     return Ret;
7517   } else {
7518     bool isFriend =
7519         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7520     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
7521       return nullptr;
7522 
7523     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7524     // prototype. This true when:
7525     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
7526     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7527                                 D.getLocStart(),
7528                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
7529                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
7530   }
7531 }
7532 
7533 enum OpenCLParamType {
7534   ValidKernelParam,
7535   PtrPtrKernelParam,
7536   PtrKernelParam,
7537   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
7538   InvalidKernelParam,
7539   RecordKernelParam
7540 };
7541 
7542 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
7543   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7544     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7545     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7546       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7547     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
7548                                               : PtrKernelParam;
7549   }
7550 
7551   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7552   // be used as builtin types.
7553 
7554   if (PT->isImageType())
7555     return PtrKernelParam;
7556 
7557   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7558     return InvalidKernelParam;
7559 
7560   if (PT->isEventT())
7561     return InvalidKernelParam;
7562 
7563   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
7564   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
7565   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
7566   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16 && PT->isHalfType())
7567     return InvalidKernelParam;
7568 
7569   if (PT->isRecordType())
7570     return RecordKernelParam;
7571 
7572   return ValidKernelParam;
7573 }
7574 
7575 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7576   Sema &S,
7577   Declarator &D,
7578   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7579   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7580   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7581 
7582   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7583   // used again
7584   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7585     return;
7586 
7587   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
7588   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7589     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7590     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7591     // pointer to a pointer type.
7592     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7593     D.setInvalidType();
7594     return;
7595 
7596   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
7597     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7598     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7599     // pointer to the private address space.
7600     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
7601     D.setInvalidType();
7602     return;
7603 
7604     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7605     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7606     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7607     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7608     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7609 
7610   case InvalidKernelParam:
7611     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7612     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7613     // of event_t type.
7614     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
7615     // type for any function elsewhere.
7616     if (!PT->isHalfType())
7617       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7618     D.setInvalidType();
7619     return;
7620 
7621   case PtrKernelParam:
7622   case ValidKernelParam:
7623     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7624     return;
7625 
7626   case RecordKernelParam:
7627     break;
7628   }
7629 
7630   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7631   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7632 
7633   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7634   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7635   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7636   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7637 
7638   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7639   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7640 
7641   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7642 
7643   do {
7644     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7645     if (!Next) {
7646       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7647       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7648       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7649         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7650 
7651       continue;
7652     }
7653 
7654     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7655     // field itself) to the history stack.
7656     const RecordDecl *RD;
7657     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7658       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7659       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7660     } else {
7661       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7662     }
7663 
7664     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7665     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7666 
7667     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7668       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7669 
7670       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7671         continue;
7672 
7673       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
7674       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7675         continue;
7676 
7677       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7678         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7679         continue;
7680       }
7681 
7682       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7683       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7684       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7685       // union.
7686       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7687           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7688         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7689                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7690           << PT->isUnionType()
7691           << PT;
7692       } else {
7693         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7694       }
7695 
7696       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7697         << PD->getDeclName();
7698 
7699       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7700       // the offending field came from
7701       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7702                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7703                E = HistoryStack.end();
7704            I != E; ++I) {
7705         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7706         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7707           << OuterField->getType();
7708       }
7709 
7710       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7711         << QT->isPointerType()
7712         << QT;
7713       D.setInvalidType();
7714       return;
7715     }
7716   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7717 }
7718 
7719 NamedDecl*
7720 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7721                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7722                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7723                               bool &AddToScope) {
7724   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7725 
7726   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7727 
7728   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7729   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7730   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7731   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7732 
7733   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7734     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7735          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7736       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7737 
7738   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7739     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
7740                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
7741 
7742   bool isFriend = false;
7743   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7744   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7745   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7746 
7747   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7748   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7749   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7750 
7751   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7752 
7753   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7754   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7755 
7756   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7757                                               isVirtualOkay);
7758   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7759 
7760   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7761     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7762 
7763   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7764   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7765   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7766   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7767 
7768   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7769     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7770 
7771   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7772     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7773     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7774     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7775     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7776     bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified();
7777     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7778     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7779       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7780       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7781       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7782       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7783     }
7784 
7785     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7786     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7787     // return true).
7788     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7789           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7790       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7791         NewFD->setPure(true);
7792 
7793       // C++ [class.union]p2
7794       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7795       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7796         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7797     }
7798 
7799     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7800     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7801     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7802     if (D.isInvalidType())
7803       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7804 
7805     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7806     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7807     bool Invalid = false;
7808     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7809             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7810                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7811                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7812                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7813                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7814                     : nullptr,
7815                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7816                 Invalid)) {
7817       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7818         // This is a function template
7819 
7820         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7821         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7822           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7823 
7824         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7825         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7826           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7827           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7828         }
7829 
7830         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7831         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7832         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7833         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7834           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7835           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7836             Invalid = true;
7837         }
7838 
7839         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7840                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7841                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7842                                                         NewFD);
7843         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7844         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7845 
7846         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7847         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7848           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7849                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
7850         }
7851       } else {
7852         // This is a function template specialization.
7853         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7854         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7855         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7856           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7857 
7858         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7859         if (isFriend) {
7860           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7861           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7862 
7863           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7864           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7865           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7866           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7867           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7868           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7869           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7870             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7871             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7872           }
7873 
7874           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7875             << Name << RemoveRange
7876             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7877             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7878         }
7879       }
7880     }
7881     else {
7882       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7883       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7884       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7885         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7886         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7887     }
7888 
7889     if (Invalid) {
7890       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7891       if (FunctionTemplate)
7892         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7893     }
7894 
7895     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7896     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7897     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7898     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7899     //
7900     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7901       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7902         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7903              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7904       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7905         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7906         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7907              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7908           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7909       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7910         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7911         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7912         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7913              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7914           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7915       } else {
7916         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7917         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7918       }
7919 
7920       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7921           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7922         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7923     }
7924 
7925     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7926         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7927          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7928         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7929       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7930       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7931       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7932       // thing to do.
7933       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7934       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7935       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7936           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7937       QualType Result =
7938           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7939       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7940                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7941     }
7942 
7943     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7944     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7945     //  declaration.
7946     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7947       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7948         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7949         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7950              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7951           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7952       }
7953     }
7954 
7955     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7956     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7957     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7958     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7959     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7960       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7961         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7962         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7963              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7964           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7965       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7966                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7967         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7968         // or conversion function.
7969         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7970              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7971           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7972       }
7973     }
7974 
7975     if (isConstexpr) {
7976       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7977       // are implicitly inline.
7978       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7979 
7980       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7981       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7982       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7983       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7984         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7985     }
7986 
7987     if (isConcept) {
7988       // This is a function concept.
7989       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7990         FTD->setConcept();
7991 
7992       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
7993       // applied only to the definition of a function template [...]
7994       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7995         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
7996              diag::err_function_concept_not_defined);
7997         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7998       }
7999 
8000       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall
8001       // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified
8002       // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...]
8003       if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8004         if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
8005           SourceRange Range;
8006           if (D.isFunctionDeclarator())
8007             Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange();
8008           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec)
8009               << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range);
8010           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8011         } else {
8012           Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept);
8013         }
8014 
8015         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
8016         // following restrictions:
8017         // - The declared return type shall have the type bool.
8018         if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) {
8019           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret);
8020           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8021         }
8022 
8023         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
8024         // following restrictions:
8025         // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty
8026         //   parameter list.
8027         if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic())
8028           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params);
8029       }
8030 
8031       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is
8032       // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline)
8033       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8034 
8035       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
8036       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
8037       // specifiers, [...]
8038       if (isInline) {
8039         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8040              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8041             << 1 << 1;
8042         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8043       }
8044 
8045       if (isFriend) {
8046         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(),
8047              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8048             << 1 << 2;
8049         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8050       }
8051 
8052       if (isConstexpr) {
8053         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8054              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8055             << 1 << 3;
8056         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8057       }
8058 
8059       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
8060       // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
8061       // template, declared in namespace scope.
8062       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8063         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
8064              diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1;
8065         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8066         return NewFD;
8067       }
8068     }
8069 
8070     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
8071     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8072       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8073         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
8074           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
8075         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8076           << 0
8077           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8078       } else {
8079         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
8080         if (FunctionTemplate)
8081           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
8082       }
8083     }
8084 
8085     if (isFriend) {
8086       if (FunctionTemplate) {
8087         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8088         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
8089       }
8090       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8091       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8092     }
8093 
8094     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
8095     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
8096     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
8097     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
8098       case FDK_Declaration:
8099       case FDK_Definition:
8100         break;
8101 
8102       case FDK_Defaulted:
8103         NewFD->setDefaulted();
8104         break;
8105 
8106       case FDK_Deleted:
8107         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
8108         break;
8109     }
8110 
8111     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
8112         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8113       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
8114       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
8115       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
8116       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8117     }
8118 
8119     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
8120         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
8121       // C++ [class.static]p1:
8122       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
8123       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
8124       //   the class.
8125 
8126       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
8127       // member function definition.
8128       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8129            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
8130         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8131     }
8132 
8133     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
8134     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
8135     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
8136     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8137     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
8138          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
8139         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
8140       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
8141           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
8142           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
8143   }
8144 
8145   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
8146   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
8147                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
8148                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
8149                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
8150 
8151   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
8152   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
8153     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
8154     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
8155     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
8156                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
8157   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
8158     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
8159       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
8160     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
8161       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
8162         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
8163         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
8164       } else
8165         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
8166             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
8167     }
8168   }
8169 
8170   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
8171   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
8172   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
8173   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
8174     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
8175 
8176     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
8177     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
8178     // single void argument.
8179     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
8180     // already checks for that case.
8181     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
8182       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
8183         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
8184         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
8185         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8186         Params.push_back(Param);
8187 
8188         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
8189           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8190       }
8191     }
8192   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8193     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
8194     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
8195     // parameters for use in the declaration.
8196     //
8197     // @code
8198     // typedef void fn(int);
8199     // fn f;
8200     // @endcode
8201 
8202     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
8203     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
8204       ParmVarDecl *Param =
8205           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
8206       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
8207       Params.push_back(Param);
8208     }
8209   } else {
8210     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
8211            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
8212   }
8213 
8214   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
8215   NewFD->setParams(Params);
8216 
8217   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
8218   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
8219   //
8220   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
8221   //
8222   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
8223   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
8224   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
8225 
8226   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
8227     NewFD->addAttr(
8228         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
8229                                        Context, 0));
8230 
8231   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
8232   // because all functions have linkage.
8233   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8234       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8235     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
8236     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8237   }
8238 
8239   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
8240   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8241       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
8242     NewFD->addAttr(
8243         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
8244                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8245                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
8246     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8247                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
8248                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
8249                      NewFD))
8250       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
8251   }
8252 
8253   // Handle attributes.
8254   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
8255 
8256   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
8257     maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(S, NewFD, Previous);
8258 
8259   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8260     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
8261     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
8262     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
8263     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
8264         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
8265         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
8266       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8267            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
8268       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8269     }
8270   }
8271 
8272   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8273     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8274     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
8275     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8276       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8277 
8278     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8279       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8280 
8281     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8282       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8283                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
8284     else if (!Previous.empty())
8285       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8286       D.setRedeclaration(true);
8287     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8288             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8289            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8290 
8291     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
8292     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
8293     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
8294     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
8295     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8296       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
8297       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
8298         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
8299         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
8300         int DiagID =
8301             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
8302         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
8303             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
8304       }
8305     }
8306   } else {
8307     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
8308     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
8309     //
8310     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
8311     //
8312     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
8313     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
8314     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
8315         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
8316         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
8317       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8318            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
8319         << NewFD->getDeclName();
8320 
8321     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
8322     // argument list into our AST format.
8323     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
8324       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
8325       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
8326       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8327       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
8328                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
8329       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
8330                                  TemplateArgs);
8331 
8332       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8333 
8334       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8335         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8336       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
8337         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
8338         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
8339           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8340 
8341         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8342       } else {
8343         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
8344                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
8345                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
8346         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
8347         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8348       }
8349     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8350       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
8351       // wrote something like:
8352       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
8353       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
8354       //   friend void foo<>(int);
8355       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
8356       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8357       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8358       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8359     }
8360 
8361     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
8362     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
8363     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
8364     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
8365     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
8366     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
8367         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
8368          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
8369             TemplateArgs,
8370             InstantiationDependent))) {
8371       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
8372              "friend function specialization without template args");
8373       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
8374                                                        Previous))
8375         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8376     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8377       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
8378           && !isFriend) {
8379         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
8380         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
8381           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
8382           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
8383           << NewFD->getDeclName();
8384       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
8385                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
8386                                                            : nullptr),
8387                                                      Previous))
8388         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8389 
8390       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
8391       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
8392       //   specialization (14.7.3)
8393       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
8394           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
8395       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
8396         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
8397           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8398                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
8399             << SC
8400             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8401                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8402 
8403         else
8404           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8405                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
8406             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8407                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8408       }
8409     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8410       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
8411           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8412     }
8413 
8414     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8415     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8416       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8417         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8418 
8419       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8420         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8421 
8422       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8423         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8424                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
8425       else if (!Previous.empty())
8426         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8427         D.setRedeclaration(true);
8428     }
8429 
8430     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8431             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8432            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8433 
8434     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
8435                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
8436                                 : NewFD);
8437 
8438     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
8439       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
8440       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8441         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
8442 
8443       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
8444       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
8445     }
8446 
8447     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
8448         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
8449       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
8450 
8451     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
8452     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
8453     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8454       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
8455                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
8456       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
8457                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
8458                                     : nullptr,
8459                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
8460                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
8461                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
8462                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
8463                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
8464                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
8465                                  DC->isDependentContext())
8466                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
8467                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
8468     }
8469 
8470     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8471       // Ignore all the rest of this.
8472     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
8473       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
8474                                        AddToScope };
8475       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
8476       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
8477         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8478 
8479       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
8480       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8481         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
8482         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
8483 
8484         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
8485         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
8486         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
8487         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
8488         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
8489         // can actually do this check immediately.
8490         if (isFriend &&
8491             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
8492              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
8493              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
8494           // ignore these
8495         } else {
8496           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
8497           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
8498           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
8499           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
8500           //
8501           // class X {
8502           //   void f() const;
8503           // };
8504           //
8505           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
8506           //
8507           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
8508           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
8509           // whether the parameter types are references).
8510 
8511           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8512                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
8513             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8514             return Result;
8515           }
8516         }
8517 
8518         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
8519         // to something.
8520       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
8521         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8522                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
8523           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8524           return Result;
8525         }
8526       }
8527     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8528                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
8529                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
8530                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
8531       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
8532       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
8533       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
8534       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
8535       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
8536       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
8537       // generate them.
8538       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
8539         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8540     }
8541   }
8542 
8543   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
8544   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
8545 
8546   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
8547 
8548   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
8549       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8550     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8551          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
8552       << NewFD;
8553 
8554     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
8555     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
8556     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
8557         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
8558     EPI.Variadic = true;
8559     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
8560 
8561     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
8562     NewFD->setType(R);
8563   }
8564 
8565   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8566   // member, set the visibility of this function.
8567   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
8568     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
8569 
8570   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
8571   // marking the function.
8572   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
8573 
8574   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
8575   // a pragma.
8576   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
8577     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
8578 
8579   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
8580   // the map of such variables.
8581   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8582       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
8583     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
8584 
8585   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
8586   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
8587 
8588   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
8589     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
8590         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
8591         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
8592         D.isFunctionDefinition());
8593   }
8594 
8595   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
8596     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
8597     if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8598         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8599       if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8600         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8601 
8602       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8603     }
8604 
8605     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
8606     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
8607     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
8608     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
8609         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
8610          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
8611         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
8612           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
8613       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
8614     }
8615   }
8616 
8617   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8618     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8619       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8620         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8621       return FunctionTemplate;
8622     }
8623   }
8624 
8625   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8626     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
8627     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
8628         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
8629       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
8630       D.setInvalidType();
8631     }
8632 
8633     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
8634     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
8635       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8636       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
8637           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
8638                                 : FixItHint());
8639       D.setInvalidType();
8640     }
8641 
8642     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
8643     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
8644       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
8645   }
8646   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
8647     QualType PT = Param->getType();
8648 
8649     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
8650     // types.
8651     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) {
8652       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
8653         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
8654           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
8655             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
8656             D.setInvalidType();
8657           }
8658       }
8659     }
8660   }
8661 
8662   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
8663 
8664   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8665   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8666   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8667   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8668     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8669                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8670                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8671                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8672                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8673     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8674     AddToScope = false;
8675   }
8676 
8677   return NewFD;
8678 }
8679 
8680 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
8681 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
8682 ///
8683 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
8684 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
8685 ///                 same declaration name.
8686 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
8687 ///          belongs to.
8688 ///
8689 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
8690   // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for
8691   // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in
8692   // namespace scope.
8693   //
8694   // This allows to compile code like:
8695   //
8696   //       void func();
8697   //       template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } };
8698   //       template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } };
8699   //
8700   // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated.
8701   return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8702            D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8703            D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None);
8704 }
8705 
8706 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8707 ///
8708 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8709 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8710 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8711 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8712 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8713 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8714 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8715 ///
8716 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8717 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8718 ///
8719 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8720 ///
8721 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8722 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8723                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8724                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8725   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8726          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8727 
8728   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8729   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8730   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8731   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8732                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8733 
8734   bool Redeclaration = false;
8735   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8736 
8737   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8738   // the same name, if appropriate.
8739   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8740     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8741     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8742     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8743     // function to the scope.
8744     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8745       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8746       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8747         Redeclaration = true;
8748         OldDecl = Candidate;
8749       }
8750     } else {
8751       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8752                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8753       case Ovl_Match:
8754         Redeclaration = true;
8755         break;
8756 
8757       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8758         Redeclaration = true;
8759         break;
8760 
8761       case Ovl_Overload:
8762         Redeclaration = false;
8763         break;
8764       }
8765 
8766       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8767         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8768         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8769         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8770           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8771         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8772         if (Redeclaration)
8773           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8774         else if (!Previous.empty())
8775           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8776         if (OverloadedDecl)
8777           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8778                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8779         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8780       }
8781     }
8782   }
8783 
8784   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8785   if (!Redeclaration &&
8786       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8787     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8788       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8789       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8790       Redeclaration = true;
8791       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8792       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8793 
8794       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8795       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8796         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8797           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8798             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8799           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8800                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8801           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8802         }
8803         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8804           Redeclaration = false;
8805           OldDecl = nullptr;
8806         }
8807       }
8808     }
8809   }
8810 
8811   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8812   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8813   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8814   //
8815   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8816   // definition of a static member function.
8817   //
8818   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8819   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8820   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8821   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8822       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8823       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8824     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8825     if (OldDecl)
8826       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8827     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8828       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8829         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8830       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8831       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8832       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8833                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8834 
8835       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8836       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8837       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8838         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8839         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8840                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8841           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8842 
8843         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8844           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8845       }
8846     }
8847   }
8848 
8849   if (Redeclaration) {
8850     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8851     // merged.
8852     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8853       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8854       return Redeclaration;
8855     }
8856 
8857     Previous.clear();
8858     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8859 
8860     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8861                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8862       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8863       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8864         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8865       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8866       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8867             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8868         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8869         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8870       }
8871 
8872       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8873       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8874       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8875           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8876         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8877         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8878         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
8879         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
8880         if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) {
8881           FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl =
8882               OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
8883           assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl);
8884           OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
8885         }
8886       }
8887 
8888     } else {
8889       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
8890         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8891         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8892         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8893           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8894       } else {
8895         Redeclaration = false;
8896       }
8897     }
8898   }
8899 
8900   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8901 
8902   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8903     // C++-specific checks.
8904     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8905       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8906     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8907                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8908       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8909       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8910 
8911       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8912       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8913       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8914         DeclarationName Name
8915           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8916                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8917         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8918           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8919           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8920           return Redeclaration;
8921         }
8922       }
8923     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8924                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8925       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8926     }
8927 
8928     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8929     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8930       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8931           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8932           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8933         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8934           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8935           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8936             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8937           }
8938         }
8939       }
8940 
8941       if (Method->isStatic())
8942         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8943     }
8944 
8945     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8946     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8947         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8948       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8949       return Redeclaration;
8950     }
8951 
8952     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8953     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8954         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8955       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8956       return Redeclaration;
8957     }
8958 
8959     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8960     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8961     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8962     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8963       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8964 
8965     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8966     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8967     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8968       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8969       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8970       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8971       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8972         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8973         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8974         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8975       }
8976     }
8977 
8978     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8979     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8980     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8981     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8982     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
8983       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8984       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8985         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8986             << NewFD << R;
8987       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8988                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8989         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8990     }
8991   }
8992   return Redeclaration;
8993 }
8994 
8995 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8996   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8997   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8998   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8999   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
9000   //   appear in a declaration of main.
9001   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
9002   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
9003   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9004     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
9005          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
9006       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9007   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
9008     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
9009       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
9010   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
9011     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
9012     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
9013     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
9014     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
9015       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
9016   }
9017   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
9018     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
9019       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
9020     FD->setConstexpr(false);
9021   }
9022 
9023   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9024     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
9025         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
9026     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9027     return;
9028   }
9029 
9030   QualType T = FD->getType();
9031   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9032   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9033 
9034   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9035     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
9036     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
9037     // implicit-return-zero rule.
9038 
9039     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
9040     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9041       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9042     else {
9043       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
9044       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9045       if (RTRange.isValid())
9046         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
9047             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
9048     }
9049   } else {
9050     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
9051     // set the flag which tells us that.
9052     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
9053 
9054     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
9055     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9056       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9057     else {
9058       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
9059       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9060       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
9061           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
9062                                 : FixItHint());
9063       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9064     }
9065   }
9066 
9067   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
9068   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
9069 
9070   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
9071   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
9072   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
9073 
9074   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
9075 
9076   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
9077     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
9078     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
9079     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
9080   }
9081 
9082   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
9083   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
9084   // getting shifty.
9085   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
9086     HasExtraParameters = false;
9087 
9088   if (HasExtraParameters) {
9089     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
9090     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9091     nparams = 3;
9092   }
9093 
9094   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
9095   // if we had some location information about types.
9096 
9097   QualType CharPP =
9098     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
9099   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
9100 
9101   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
9102     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
9103 
9104     bool mismatch = true;
9105 
9106     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
9107       mismatch = false;
9108     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
9109       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
9110       //   char const **
9111       //   char const * const *
9112       //   char * const *
9113 
9114       QualifierCollector qs;
9115       const PointerType* PT;
9116       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9117           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9118           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
9119                               Context.CharTy)) {
9120         qs.removeConst();
9121         mismatch = !qs.empty();
9122       }
9123     }
9124 
9125     if (mismatch) {
9126       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
9127       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
9128       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9129     }
9130   }
9131 
9132   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9133     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
9134   }
9135 
9136   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9137     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9138     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9139   }
9140 }
9141 
9142 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9143   QualType T = FD->getType();
9144   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9145   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9146 
9147   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
9148   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
9149   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
9150       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
9151       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
9152     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
9153     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
9154       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9155 
9156   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9157     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9158     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9159   }
9160 }
9161 
9162 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
9163   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
9164   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
9165   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
9166   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
9167   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
9168   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
9169   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
9170   // rules there don't matter.)
9171   const Expr *Culprit;
9172   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9173     return false;
9174   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
9175     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9176   return true;
9177 }
9178 
9179 namespace {
9180   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
9181   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
9182   class SelfReferenceChecker
9183       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
9184     Sema &S;
9185     Decl *OrigDecl;
9186     bool isRecordType;
9187     bool isPODType;
9188     bool isReferenceType;
9189 
9190     bool isInitList;
9191     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
9192 
9193   public:
9194     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
9195 
9196     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
9197                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
9198       isPODType = false;
9199       isRecordType = false;
9200       isReferenceType = false;
9201       isInitList = false;
9202       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
9203         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
9204         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
9205         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
9206       }
9207     }
9208 
9209     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
9210     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
9211     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
9212     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
9213       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
9214       if (!InitList) {
9215         Visit(E);
9216         return;
9217       }
9218 
9219       // Track and increment the index here.
9220       isInitList = true;
9221       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
9222       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
9223         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
9224         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
9225       }
9226       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
9227     }
9228 
9229     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
9230     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
9231     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
9232       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
9233       Expr *Base = E;
9234       bool ReferenceField = false;
9235 
9236       // Get the field memebers used.
9237       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9238         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
9239         if (!FD)
9240           return false;
9241         Fields.push_back(FD);
9242         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
9243           ReferenceField = true;
9244         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9245       }
9246 
9247       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
9248       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
9249       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
9250         return false;
9251 
9252       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
9253       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
9254         return true;
9255 
9256       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
9257       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
9258       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
9259         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
9260 
9261       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
9262       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
9263       // initialized, then the use is safe.
9264       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
9265                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
9266                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
9267                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
9268            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
9269         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
9270           return true;
9271         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
9272           break;
9273       }
9274 
9275       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
9276       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9277       return true;
9278     }
9279 
9280     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
9281     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
9282     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
9283     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
9284       E = E->IgnoreParens();
9285       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9286         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9287         return;
9288       }
9289 
9290       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9291         Visit(CO->getCond());
9292         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
9293         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
9294         return;
9295       }
9296 
9297       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
9298               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9299         Visit(BCO->getCond());
9300         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
9301         return;
9302       }
9303 
9304       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
9305         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
9306         return;
9307       }
9308 
9309       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9310         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
9311           Visit(BO->getLHS());
9312           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
9313           return;
9314         }
9315       }
9316 
9317       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9318         if (isInitList) {
9319           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
9320                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
9321             return;
9322         }
9323 
9324         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9325         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9326           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
9327           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9328             return;
9329           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9330         }
9331         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
9332           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9333         return;
9334       }
9335 
9336       Visit(E);
9337     }
9338 
9339     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
9340     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
9341     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
9342       if (isReferenceType)
9343         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
9344     }
9345 
9346     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
9347       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
9348         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9349         return;
9350       }
9351 
9352       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
9353     }
9354 
9355     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
9356       if (isInitList) {
9357         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
9358           return;
9359       }
9360 
9361       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
9362       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
9363 
9364       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
9365       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
9366       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
9367       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
9368       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9369       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9370         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9371           Warn = false;
9372         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9373       }
9374 
9375       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
9376         if (Warn)
9377           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9378         return;
9379       }
9380 
9381       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
9382       // Visit that expression.
9383       Visit(Base);
9384     }
9385 
9386     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
9387       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
9388 
9389       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
9390         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
9391 
9392       Visit(Callee);
9393       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
9394         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
9395     }
9396 
9397     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
9398       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
9399       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
9400           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
9401         if (!isPODType)
9402           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9403         return;
9404       }
9405 
9406       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
9407         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9408         return;
9409       }
9410 
9411       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
9412     }
9413 
9414     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
9415 
9416     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
9417       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
9418         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
9419         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
9420           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
9421             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
9422         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
9423           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
9424             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
9425         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
9426         return;
9427       }
9428       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
9429     }
9430 
9431     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
9432       // Treat std::move as a use.
9433       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
9434         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
9435           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
9436               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
9437             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
9438             return;
9439           }
9440         }
9441       }
9442 
9443       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
9444     }
9445 
9446     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
9447       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
9448         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
9449         Visit(E->getRHS());
9450         return;
9451       }
9452 
9453       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
9454     }
9455 
9456     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
9457     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
9458     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
9459     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
9460       Visit(E->getCond());
9461       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
9462     }
9463 
9464     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
9465       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
9466       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
9467       unsigned diag;
9468       if (isReferenceType) {
9469         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
9470       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
9471         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
9472       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9473                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9474                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
9475         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
9476       } else {
9477         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
9478         return;
9479       }
9480 
9481       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
9482                             S.PDiag(diag)
9483                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
9484                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
9485                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
9486     }
9487   };
9488 
9489   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
9490   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
9491                                  bool DirectInit) {
9492     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
9493     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
9494     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
9495       return;
9496 
9497     E = E->IgnoreParens();
9498 
9499     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
9500     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
9501     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
9502       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
9503         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9504           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
9505             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
9506               return;
9507 
9508     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
9509   }
9510 } // end anonymous namespace
9511 
9512 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
9513                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
9514                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
9515                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
9516                                             Expr *Init) {
9517   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
9518   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
9519          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
9520 
9521   // FIXME: Deduction for a decomposition declaration does weird things if the
9522   // initializer is an array.
9523 
9524   ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init;
9525   if (DirectInit) {
9526     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
9527       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
9528     else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
9529       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
9530   }
9531 
9532   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
9533   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
9534     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
9535     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
9536     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
9537                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
9538                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
9539         << Name << Type << Range;
9540     return QualType();
9541   }
9542 
9543   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
9544     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(),
9545          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
9546                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
9547         << Name << Type << Range;
9548     return QualType();
9549   }
9550 
9551   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
9552   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
9553     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
9554                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
9555                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
9556         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range;
9557     return QualType();
9558   }
9559 
9560   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
9561   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
9562   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
9563       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
9564     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9565     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9566       return QualType();
9567     }
9568     Init = Result.get();
9569     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
9570   }
9571 
9572   QualType DeducedType;
9573   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
9574     if (!IsInitCapture)
9575       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
9576     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
9577       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
9578            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
9579           << Name
9580           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
9581                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
9582           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9583     else
9584       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
9585           << Name << TSI->getType()
9586           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
9587                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
9588           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9589   }
9590 
9591   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
9592   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
9593   // checks.
9594   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
9595   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
9596   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId &&
9597       !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
9598     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
9599     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range;
9600   }
9601 
9602   return DeducedType;
9603 }
9604 
9605 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
9606 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
9607 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
9608 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
9609                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9610   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
9611   // the initializer.
9612   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9613     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
9614     return;
9615   }
9616 
9617   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9618     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
9619     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
9620       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
9621     Method->setInvalidDecl();
9622     return;
9623   }
9624 
9625   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
9626   if (!VDecl) {
9627     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
9628     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
9629     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9630     return;
9631   }
9632 
9633   // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that a parenthesized initializer is not
9634   // permitted.
9635   if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && DirectInit && isa<ParenListExpr>(Init))
9636     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_paren_init) << VDecl;
9637 
9638   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
9639   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9640     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
9641     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
9642     // TypoExpr.
9643     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
9644     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
9645       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9646       return;
9647     }
9648     Init = Res.get();
9649 
9650     QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
9651         VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(),
9652         VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
9653     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
9654       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9655       return;
9656     }
9657 
9658     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
9659     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
9660 
9661     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
9662     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
9663       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9664 
9665     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
9666     // the previously declared type.
9667     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
9668       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
9669       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
9670       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
9671     }
9672 
9673     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
9674     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
9675     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9676       return;
9677   }
9678 
9679   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
9680   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
9681     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
9682     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9683     return;
9684   }
9685 
9686   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
9687     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
9688     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
9689     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9690     return;
9691   }
9692 
9693   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
9694     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
9695     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
9696     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
9697     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
9698     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
9699       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
9700     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
9701                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9702       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9703       return;
9704     }
9705 
9706     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9707     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
9708                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9709                                AbstractVariableType))
9710       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9711   }
9712 
9713   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
9714   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
9715   // handle the situation.
9716   VarDecl *Def;
9717   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl &&
9718       (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
9719       !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
9720       checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
9721     return;
9722 
9723   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9724     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9725     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9726     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9727     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9728     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9729     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9730     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9731     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9732     //
9733     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9734     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9735     // declaration with an initializer.
9736     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9737       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9738           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9739       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9740            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9741           << 0;
9742       return;
9743     }
9744 
9745     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9746       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9747 
9748     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
9749       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9750       return;
9751     }
9752   }
9753 
9754   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
9755   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
9756   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
9757     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
9758     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9759     return;
9760   }
9761 
9762   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
9763   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
9764   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
9765 
9766   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
9767   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
9768   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9769       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9770     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9771     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9772       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9773       return;
9774     }
9775     Init = Result.get();
9776   }
9777 
9778   // Perform the initialization.
9779   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
9780   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9781     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
9782     InitializationKind Kind =
9783         DirectInit
9784             ? CXXDirectInit
9785                   ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
9786                                                      Init->getLocStart(),
9787                                                      Init->getLocEnd())
9788                   : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation())
9789             : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
9790                                              Init->getLocStart());
9791 
9792     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
9793     if (CXXDirectInit)
9794       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
9795                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
9796 
9797     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
9798     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
9799       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
9800           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
9801             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
9802             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
9803           });
9804       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
9805         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9806       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
9807         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
9808       }
9809     }
9810     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9811       return;
9812 
9813     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
9814                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
9815                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
9816     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
9817     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9818       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9819       return;
9820     }
9821 
9822     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
9823   }
9824 
9825   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
9826   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
9827   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
9828   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
9829       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9830     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
9831   }
9832 
9833   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
9834   // completed by the initializer. For example:
9835   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
9836   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
9837   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
9838     VDecl->setType(DclT);
9839 
9840   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9841     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
9842 
9843     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9844       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
9845 
9846     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9847     // Although this code can still have problems:
9848     //   id x = self.weakProp;
9849     //   id y = self.weakProp;
9850     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9851     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9852     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9853     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9854         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9855                          Init->getLocStart()))
9856       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9857   }
9858 
9859   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9860   //
9861   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9862   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9863   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9864   //
9865   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9866   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9867   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9868   //
9869   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9870   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9871                                           false,
9872                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9873   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9874     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9875     return;
9876   }
9877   Init = Result.get();
9878 
9879   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9880   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9881 
9882   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9883     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9884     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9885     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9886     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9887       const Expr *Culprit;
9888       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9889         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9890       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9891       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9892       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9893       // constant expressions.
9894       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9895                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9896                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9897         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9898              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9899           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9900     }
9901   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
9902              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
9903     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
9904     //
9905     // struct S {
9906     //   static const int value = 17;
9907     // };
9908 
9909     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
9910     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
9911     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
9912     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
9913     //
9914     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
9915     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
9916     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9917     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
9918     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
9919     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
9920     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
9921     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
9922     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
9923 
9924     // Do nothing on dependent types.
9925     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
9926 
9927     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
9928     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
9929     // type.
9930     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
9931 
9932     // Require constness.
9933     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
9934       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
9935         << Init->getSourceRange();
9936       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9937 
9938     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
9939     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9940       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
9941       SourceLocation Loc;
9942       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
9943         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
9944         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
9945         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
9946       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
9947         ; // Nothing to check.
9948       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
9949         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
9950       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9951         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
9952         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
9953         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9954           << Init->getSourceRange();
9955       } else {
9956         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
9957         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
9958         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9959           << Init->getSourceRange();
9960         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9961       }
9962 
9963     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
9964     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
9965       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
9966       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
9967       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
9968         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
9969              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9970             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9971         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
9972              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
9973             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9974       } else {
9975         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
9976           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9977 
9978         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
9979           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
9980             << Init->getSourceRange();
9981           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9982         }
9983       }
9984 
9985     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
9986     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
9987       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
9988         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
9989         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
9990       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
9991 
9992     } else {
9993       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
9994         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9995       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9996     }
9997   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9998     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
9999     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
10000     // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
10001     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
10002     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
10003     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
10004     // C++ rules.
10005     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
10006         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
10007          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
10008         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
10009         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
10010       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
10011 
10012     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
10013     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10014       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10015   }
10016 
10017   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
10018   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
10019   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
10020   //
10021   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
10022   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
10023   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
10024   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
10025   // special case code.
10026 
10027   // C++ 8.5p11:
10028   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
10029   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
10030   // class type.
10031   if (CXXDirectInit) {
10032     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
10033     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10034   } else if (DirectInit) {
10035     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
10036     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
10037   }
10038 
10039   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
10040 }
10041 
10042 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
10043 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
10044 /// of sanity.
10045 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
10046   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
10047   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
10048   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10049 
10050   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10051   if (!VD) return;
10052 
10053   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10054   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
10055     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
10056       BD->setInvalidDecl();
10057 
10058   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10059   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
10060     D->setInvalidDecl();
10061     return;
10062   }
10063 
10064   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
10065   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
10066 
10067   // Require a complete type.
10068   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
10069                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
10070                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10071     VD->setInvalidDecl();
10072     return;
10073   }
10074 
10075   // Require a non-abstract type.
10076   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
10077                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10078                              AbstractVariableType)) {
10079     VD->setInvalidDecl();
10080     return;
10081   }
10082 
10083   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
10084   // though.
10085 }
10086 
10087 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
10088                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
10089   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
10090   if (!RealDecl)
10091     return;
10092 
10093   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10094     QualType Type = Var->getType();
10095 
10096     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
10097     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10098       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
10099       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10100       return;
10101     }
10102 
10103     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
10104     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
10105       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
10106         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
10107       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10108       return;
10109     }
10110 
10111     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
10112     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
10113     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
10114     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
10115     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
10116     // member.
10117     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10118       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
10119         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
10120         // a definition there.
10121         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) {
10122           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10123                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
10124             << Var->getDeclName();
10125           Var->setInvalidDecl();
10126           return;
10127         }
10128       } else {
10129         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
10130         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10131         return;
10132       }
10133     }
10134 
10135     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...]  A variable template
10136     // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A
10137     // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer.
10138     if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
10139       if (VTD->isConcept()) {
10140         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized);
10141         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10142         return;
10143       }
10144     }
10145 
10146     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
10147     // be initialized.
10148     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10149         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
10150         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
10151       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
10152       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10153       return;
10154     }
10155 
10156     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10157     case VarDecl::Definition:
10158       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
10159         break;
10160 
10161       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
10162       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
10163       // a declaration.
10164       //
10165       // Fall through
10166 
10167     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
10168       // It's only a declaration.
10169 
10170       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
10171       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
10172       // object shall be complete.
10173       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
10174           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10175           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10176                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
10177         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10178 
10179       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
10180       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10181           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10182                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10183                                  AbstractVariableType))
10184         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10185       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10186           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
10187         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
10188         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
10189       }
10190 
10191       return;
10192 
10193     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
10194       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
10195       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
10196       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
10197       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
10198       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
10199       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
10200         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
10201                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
10202           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10203                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
10204                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
10205             Var->setInvalidDecl();
10206         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
10207           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
10208           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
10209           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
10210           // NOTE: code such as the following
10211           //     static struct s;
10212           //     struct s { int a; };
10213           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
10214           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
10215           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
10216           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
10217             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10218                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
10219         }
10220       }
10221 
10222       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
10223       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
10224         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
10225       return;
10226     }
10227 
10228     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10229     // definitions with incomplete array type.
10230     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
10231       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10232            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
10233       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10234       return;
10235     }
10236 
10237     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10238     // definitions with reference type.
10239     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
10240       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
10241         << Var->getDeclName()
10242         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
10243       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10244       return;
10245     }
10246 
10247     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
10248     // variable with dependent type.
10249     if (Type->isDependentType())
10250       return;
10251 
10252     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
10253       return;
10254 
10255     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
10256       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10257                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
10258                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10259         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10260         return;
10261       }
10262     } else {
10263       return;
10264     }
10265 
10266     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
10267     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10268                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10269                                AbstractVariableType)) {
10270       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10271       return;
10272     }
10273 
10274     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
10275     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
10276     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
10277     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
10278     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
10279     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
10280     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
10281     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
10282     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
10283     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
10284     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10285       if (const RecordType *Record
10286             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10287         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
10288         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
10289         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
10290         // incompatibilities with C++98.
10291         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
10292           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10293       }
10294     }
10295 
10296     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
10297     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
10298     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
10299     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
10300     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
10301     //   type shall have a user-declared default
10302     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
10303     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
10304     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
10305     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
10306     //   program is ill-formed.
10307     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
10308     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
10309     //   default-initialized; [...].
10310     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
10311     InitializationKind Kind
10312       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
10313 
10314     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10315     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10316     if (Init.isInvalid())
10317       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10318     else if (Init.get()) {
10319       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
10320       // This is important for template substitution.
10321       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10322     }
10323 
10324     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
10325   }
10326 }
10327 
10328 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
10329   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
10330   if (!D)
10331     return;
10332 
10333   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10334   if (!VD) {
10335     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
10336     D->setInvalidDecl();
10337     return;
10338   }
10339 
10340   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10341 
10342   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
10343   int Error = -1;
10344   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
10345   case SC_None:
10346     break;
10347   case SC_Extern:
10348     Error = 0;
10349     break;
10350   case SC_Static:
10351     Error = 1;
10352     break;
10353   case SC_PrivateExtern:
10354     Error = 2;
10355     break;
10356   case SC_Auto:
10357     Error = 3;
10358     break;
10359   case SC_Register:
10360     Error = 4;
10361     break;
10362   }
10363   if (Error != -1) {
10364     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
10365       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
10366     D->setInvalidDecl();
10367   }
10368 }
10369 
10370 StmtResult
10371 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
10372                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
10373                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
10374                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
10375   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
10376   //   A range-based for statement of the form
10377   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10378   //   is equivalent to
10379   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10380   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10381 
10382   const char *PrevSpec;
10383   unsigned DiagID;
10384   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
10385                      getPrintingPolicy());
10386 
10387   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
10388   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
10389   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
10390 
10391   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10392   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
10393                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
10394   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
10395   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10396   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
10397   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
10398                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
10399 }
10400 
10401 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
10402   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10403 
10404   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10405     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
10406     // initialiser
10407     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
10408         !var->hasInit()) {
10409       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
10410           << 1 /*Init*/;
10411       var->setInvalidDecl();
10412       return;
10413     }
10414   }
10415 
10416   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
10417   // local retaining variable.
10418   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10419       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10420     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
10421     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
10422     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
10423     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
10424       break;
10425 
10426     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
10427     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
10428       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10429       break;
10430     }
10431   }
10432 
10433   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
10434   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
10435   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
10436   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
10437   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
10438   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10439       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
10440       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
10441       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
10442                                   var->getLocation())) {
10443     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
10444     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
10445     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
10446       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
10447 
10448     if (!prev)
10449       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
10450   }
10451 
10452   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
10453   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
10454   const Expr *CacheCulprit;
10455   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
10456     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
10457       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
10458             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
10459     return *CacheHasConstInit;
10460   };
10461 
10462   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
10463     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
10464       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
10465       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
10466       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
10467       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
10468       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10469         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10470     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
10471       if (!checkConstInit()) {
10472         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
10473         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
10474         //   initialization.
10475         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
10476         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
10477           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
10478         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10479           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10480       }
10481     }
10482   }
10483 
10484   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
10485   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
10486   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10487       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10488     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
10489     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
10490     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
10491       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
10492     else if (!var->getInit()) {
10493       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
10494       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
10495     } else {
10496       Stack = &DataSegStack;
10497       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
10498     }
10499     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
10500       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
10501           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
10502           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
10503     }
10504     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
10505       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
10506         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
10507 
10508     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
10509     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
10510     // attribute.
10511     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
10512       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
10513                                                CurInitSegLoc));
10514   }
10515 
10516   // All the following checks are C++ only.
10517   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10518       // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
10519       // current module.
10520      if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
10521        Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
10522      return;
10523   }
10524 
10525   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
10526     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
10527 
10528   QualType type = var->getType();
10529   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
10530 
10531   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
10532   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10533     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
10534     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
10535 
10536     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
10537     // constructing this copy.
10538     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
10539       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
10540       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
10541       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
10542       ExprResult result
10543         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
10544             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
10545             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
10546       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
10547         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
10548         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
10549         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
10550       }
10551     }
10552   }
10553 
10554   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
10555   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
10556   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
10557 
10558   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
10559       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
10560 
10561     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
10562       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
10563       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
10564         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
10565         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
10566         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
10567         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
10568               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
10569           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
10570           Notes.clear();
10571         }
10572         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
10573           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
10574         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
10575           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
10576       }
10577     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
10578       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
10579       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
10580       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
10581       var->checkInitIsICE();
10582     }
10583 
10584     // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they
10585     // were just diagnosed.
10586     if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage &&
10587             var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) {
10588       // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here.
10589       bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
10590           ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit();
10591       if (DiagErr) {
10592         auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>();
10593         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
10594           << Init->getSourceRange();
10595         Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
10596           << attr->getRange();
10597       }
10598     }
10599     else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal &&
10600              !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
10601                                     var->getLocation())) {
10602       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
10603       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
10604       // warned about them.
10605       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
10606       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
10607         if (!checkConstInit())
10608           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
10609             << Init->getSourceRange();
10610       }
10611     }
10612   }
10613 
10614   // Require the destructor.
10615   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
10616     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
10617 
10618   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
10619   // module.
10620   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
10621     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
10622 }
10623 
10624 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
10625 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
10626   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
10627     return true;
10628   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
10629     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
10630       return true;
10631   return false;
10632 }
10633 
10634 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
10635 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
10636 void
10637 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
10638   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
10639   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
10640 
10641   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
10642   if (!VD)
10643     return;
10644 
10645   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
10646     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
10647       if (ThisDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10648         BD->setInvalidDecl();
10649       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
10650     }
10651   }
10652 
10653   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
10654 
10655   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
10656   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
10657   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
10658   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
10659     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
10660     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
10661     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) {
10662       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
10663       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
10664         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
10665           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
10666           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
10667       }
10668     }
10669   }
10670 
10671   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
10672     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
10673             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
10674       // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
10675       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
10676         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
10677         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
10678         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
10679       }
10680       // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__
10681       // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with
10682       // static storage class.
10683       if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() &&
10684           CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(),
10685                                diag::err_device_static_local_var)
10686               << CurrentCUDATarget())
10687         VD->setInvalidDecl();
10688     }
10689   }
10690 
10691   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
10692   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
10693   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
10694   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
10695   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
10696   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
10697     const Expr *Init = VD->getInit();
10698     if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) {
10699       if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() ||
10700           VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) {
10701         assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>());
10702         bool AllowedInit = false;
10703         if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
10704           AllowedInit =
10705               isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor());
10706         // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty
10707         // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC,
10708         // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors.
10709         if (!AllowedInit &&
10710             (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()))
10711           AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
10712               Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType());
10713 
10714         // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty.
10715         if (AllowedInit)
10716           if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
10717             AllowedInit =
10718                 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor());
10719 
10720         if (!AllowedInit) {
10721           Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()
10722                                       ? diag::err_shared_var_init
10723                                       : diag::err_dynamic_var_init)
10724               << Init->getSourceRange();
10725           VD->setInvalidDecl();
10726         }
10727       } else {
10728         // This is a host-side global variable.  Check that the initializer is
10729         // callable from the host side.
10730         const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr;
10731         if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
10732           InitFn = CE->getConstructor();
10733         } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) {
10734           InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee();
10735         }
10736         if (InitFn) {
10737           CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn);
10738           if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) {
10739             Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer)
10740                 << InitFnTarget << InitFn;
10741             Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn;
10742             VD->setInvalidDecl();
10743           }
10744         }
10745       }
10746     }
10747   }
10748 
10749   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
10750   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
10751 
10752   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
10753   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
10754     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
10755         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10756       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
10757       // with a warning.
10758       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
10759         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
10760       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
10761           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
10762           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10763 
10764       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
10765            IsClassTemplateMember
10766                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
10767                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
10768       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10769       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
10770         VD->setInvalidDecl();
10771     }
10772   }
10773 
10774   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
10775   // isn't exported with the variable.
10776   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
10777     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
10778     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
10779       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
10780       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
10781       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
10782       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
10783     } else {
10784       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
10785                                                                     << DLLAttr;
10786       VD->setInvalidDecl();
10787     }
10788   }
10789 
10790   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
10791     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10792       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
10793       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
10794     }
10795   }
10796 
10797   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
10798   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
10799   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
10800   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
10801     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
10802 
10803   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
10804   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
10805       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
10806     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
10807 
10808   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
10809   // tag values.
10810   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
10811       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
10812     return;
10813 
10814   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
10815     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
10816     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
10817       continue;
10818     }
10819     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
10820     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
10821       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
10822            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
10823         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
10824       continue;
10825     }
10826     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
10827       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
10828            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
10829         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
10830       continue;
10831     }
10832     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
10833     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
10834                                MagicValue,
10835                                I->getMatchingCType(),
10836                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
10837                                I->getMustBeNull());
10838   }
10839 }
10840 
10841 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
10842                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10843   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
10844 
10845   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
10846     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
10847 
10848   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
10849   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
10850   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
10851 
10852   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10853     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
10854       auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D);
10855       if (DD && !FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
10856         FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
10857 
10858       auto *Decomp = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
10859       if (Decomp && !FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
10860         FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = Decomp;
10861 
10862       // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
10863       // declaration in the same group.
10864       auto *OtherDD = FirstDeclaratorInGroup;
10865       if (OtherDD == FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
10866         OtherDD = DD;
10867       if (OtherDD && FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup &&
10868           OtherDD != FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup &&
10869           !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
10870         Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
10871              diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
10872           << OtherDD->getSourceRange();
10873         DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
10874       }
10875 
10876       Decls.push_back(D);
10877     }
10878   }
10879 
10880   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
10881     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
10882       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
10883       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
10884           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10885         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
10886     }
10887   }
10888 
10889   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
10890 }
10891 
10892 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
10893 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
10894 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
10895 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
10896                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
10897   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
10898   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
10899   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
10900   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
10901   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
10902   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
10903   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
10904   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
10905     QualType Deduced;
10906     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
10907     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
10908     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10909       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
10910         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
10911         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
10912         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
10913           break;
10914         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
10915         if (!U.isNull()) {
10916           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
10917           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
10918             Deduced = U;
10919             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
10920             DeducedDecl = D;
10921           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
10922             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
10923                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
10924               << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword()
10925               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
10926               << U << D->getDeclName()
10927               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
10928               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
10929             D->setInvalidDecl();
10930             break;
10931           }
10932         }
10933       }
10934     }
10935   }
10936 
10937   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
10938 
10939   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
10940       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
10941 }
10942 
10943 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
10944   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
10945 }
10946 
10947 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10948   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
10949   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
10950     return;
10951 
10952   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
10953                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
10954       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
10955                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
10956     return;
10957 
10958   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
10959     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
10960     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
10961     // additional declaration references:
10962     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
10963     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
10964     //   'struct S *pS;'
10965     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
10966     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
10967     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
10968       Group = Group.slice(1);
10969     }
10970   }
10971 
10972   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
10973   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
10974   if (!Comments.empty() &&
10975       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
10976     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
10977     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
10978     //
10979     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
10980     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
10981     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
10982     // ahead through comments.
10983     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
10984       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
10985   }
10986 }
10987 
10988 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
10989 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
10990 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
10991   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
10992 
10993   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
10994 
10995   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
10996   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
10997   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
10998     SC = SC_Register;
10999   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11000              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
11001     SC = SC_Auto;
11002   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
11003     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11004          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
11005     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
11006   }
11007 
11008   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11009     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
11010       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11011   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
11012     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
11013         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
11014   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
11015     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
11016       << 0;
11017   if (DS.isConceptSpecified())
11018     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
11019 
11020   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
11021 
11022   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11023   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
11024 
11025   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11026     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
11027     // parameter.
11028     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11029 
11030     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
11031     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
11032       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
11033         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
11034       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
11035     }
11036   }
11037 
11038   // Ensure we have a valid name
11039   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
11040   if (D.hasName()) {
11041     II = D.getIdentifier();
11042     if (!II) {
11043       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
11044         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
11045       D.setInvalidType(true);
11046     }
11047   }
11048 
11049   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
11050   if (II) {
11051     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
11052                    ForRedeclaration);
11053     LookupName(R, S);
11054     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
11055       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
11056       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11057         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11058         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11059         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11060         PrevDecl = nullptr;
11061       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11062         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
11063         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11064 
11065         // Recover by removing the name
11066         II = nullptr;
11067         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
11068         D.setInvalidType(true);
11069       }
11070     }
11071   }
11072 
11073   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
11074   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
11075   // looking like class members in C++.
11076   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
11077                                     D.getLocStart(),
11078                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
11079                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
11080                                     SC);
11081 
11082   if (D.isInvalidType())
11083     New->setInvalidDecl();
11084 
11085   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
11086   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
11087   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
11088                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
11089 
11090   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
11091   S->AddDecl(New);
11092   if (II)
11093     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
11094 
11095   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
11096 
11097   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11098     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11099       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
11100       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11101       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11102 
11103   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
11104     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
11105   }
11106   return New;
11107 }
11108 
11109 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
11110 /// typedef.
11111 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
11112                                               SourceLocation Loc,
11113                                               QualType T) {
11114   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
11115      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
11116      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
11117   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
11118                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
11119                                            SC_None, nullptr);
11120   Param->setImplicit();
11121   return Param;
11122 }
11123 
11124 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
11125   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
11126   // will already have done so in the template itself.
11127   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
11128     return;
11129 
11130   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11131     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
11132         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
11133       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
11134         << Parameter->getDeclName();
11135     }
11136   }
11137 }
11138 
11139 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
11140     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
11141   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
11142     return;
11143 
11144   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11145   // threshold.
11146   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
11147     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
11148     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11149       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
11150           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
11151   }
11152 
11153   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11154   // threshold.
11155   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11156     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
11157     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
11158       continue;
11159     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
11160     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11161       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
11162           << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size;
11163   }
11164 }
11165 
11166 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11167                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
11168                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
11169                                   StorageClass SC) {
11170   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
11171   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
11172       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
11173       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
11174 
11175     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
11176 
11177     // Special cases for arrays:
11178     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
11179     //   - otherwise, it's an error
11180     if (T->isArrayType()) {
11181       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
11182         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
11183             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
11184             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
11185       }
11186       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
11187     } else {
11188       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
11189     }
11190     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
11191   }
11192 
11193   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
11194                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
11195                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
11196 
11197   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
11198   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
11199   // the class has been completely parsed.
11200   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
11201       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11202                              AbstractParamType))
11203     New->setInvalidDecl();
11204 
11205   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
11206   // passed by reference.
11207   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
11208     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
11209         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd());
11210     Diag(NameLoc,
11211          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
11212       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
11213     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
11214     New->setType(T);
11215   }
11216 
11217   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
11218   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
11219   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
11220   // an address space.
11221   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
11222     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
11223     // to be qualified with an address space.
11224     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
11225       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
11226       New->setInvalidDecl();
11227     }
11228   }
11229 
11230   return New;
11231 }
11232 
11233 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
11234                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
11235   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
11236 
11237   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
11238   // for a K&R function.
11239   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
11240     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
11241       --i;
11242       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
11243         SmallString<256> Code;
11244         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
11245             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
11246         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
11247             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
11248             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
11249 
11250         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
11251         // type.
11252         AttributeFactory attrs;
11253         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
11254         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
11255         unsigned DiagID; // unused
11256         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
11257                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11258         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
11259         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11260         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11261         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
11262         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11263         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
11264       }
11265     }
11266   }
11267 }
11268 
11269 Decl *
11270 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
11271                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11272                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11273   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
11274   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
11275   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
11276 
11277   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
11278   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
11279   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
11280 }
11281 
11282 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
11283   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
11284 }
11285 
11286 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
11287                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
11288   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
11289   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11290     return false;
11291 
11292   // Or declarations that aren't global.
11293   if (!FD->isGlobal())
11294     return false;
11295 
11296   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
11297   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
11298     return false;
11299 
11300   // Don't warn about 'main'.
11301   if (FD->isMain())
11302     return false;
11303 
11304   // Don't warn about inline functions.
11305   if (FD->isInlined())
11306     return false;
11307 
11308   // Don't warn about function templates.
11309   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11310     return false;
11311 
11312   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
11313   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
11314     return false;
11315 
11316   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
11317   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
11318     return false;
11319 
11320   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
11321   if (FD->isDeleted())
11322     return false;
11323 
11324   bool MissingPrototype = true;
11325   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
11326        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
11327     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
11328     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
11329     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
11330       continue;
11331 
11332     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
11333     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
11334       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
11335     break;
11336   }
11337 
11338   return MissingPrototype;
11339 }
11340 
11341 void
11342 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
11343                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
11344                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11345   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
11346   // was an extern inline function.
11347   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
11348   if (!Definition)
11349     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
11350       return;
11351 
11352   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
11353     return;
11354 
11355   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
11356   // a template, skip the new definition.
11357   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
11358       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
11359        Definition->isInlined() ||
11360        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
11361        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
11362     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
11363     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11364       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation());
11365     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition),
11366                                 FD->getLocation());
11367     return;
11368   }
11369 
11370   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
11371       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
11372     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
11373         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
11374   else
11375     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
11376 
11377   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11378   FD->setInvalidDecl();
11379 }
11380 
11381 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
11382                                    Sema &S) {
11383   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
11384 
11385   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
11386   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
11387   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
11388   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
11389   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
11390 
11391   if (LCD == LCD_None)
11392     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
11393   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
11394     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
11395   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
11396     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
11397   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
11398 
11399   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
11400   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
11401 
11402   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
11403   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
11404   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
11405   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
11406     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
11407       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
11408       if (VD->isInitCapture())
11409         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
11410       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
11411       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
11412       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
11413           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
11414           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
11415                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
11416           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
11417 
11418     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
11419       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
11420                               /*Expr*/ nullptr,
11421                               C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
11422     } else {
11423       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
11424     }
11425     ++I;
11426   }
11427 }
11428 
11429 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
11430                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11431   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
11432   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
11433 
11434   if (!D)
11435     return D;
11436   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
11437 
11438   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
11439     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
11440   else
11441     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
11442 
11443   // See if this is a redefinition.
11444   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
11445     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
11446 
11447     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
11448     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
11449       return D;
11450   }
11451 
11452   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
11453   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
11454   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
11455   // LambdaScopeInfo.
11456   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
11457   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
11458   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
11459   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
11460   // have the LSI properly restored.
11461   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
11462     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
11463       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
11464       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
11465     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
11466   }
11467   else
11468     // Enter a new function scope
11469     PushFunctionScope();
11470 
11471   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
11472   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11473     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
11474         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
11475       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
11476       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11477     }
11478   }
11479 
11480   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
11481   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
11482   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
11483   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
11484       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
11485       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
11486                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
11487     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11488 
11489   if (FnBodyScope)
11490     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
11491 
11492   // Check the validity of our function parameters
11493   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
11494                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
11495 
11496   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
11497   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
11498     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
11499 
11500     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11501     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
11502       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
11503 
11504       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
11505     }
11506   }
11507 
11508   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
11509   // introduce them into the function scope.
11510   if (FnBodyScope) {
11511     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
11512              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
11513              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
11514          I != E; ++I) {
11515       NamedDecl *D = *I;
11516 
11517       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
11518       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
11519       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
11520       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
11521         // Is the decl actually in the context?
11522         if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D))
11523           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
11524         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
11525         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11526       }
11527 
11528       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
11529       if (!D->getName().empty())
11530         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
11531 
11532       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
11533       // accessible in this scope.
11534       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
11535         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
11536           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
11537       }
11538     }
11539   }
11540 
11541   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
11542   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
11543     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
11544 
11545   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
11546   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
11547       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
11548     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
11549     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
11550     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11551     return D;
11552   }
11553   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
11554   // a function template).
11555   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
11556   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11557       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
11558       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
11559     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
11560 
11561   return D;
11562 }
11563 
11564 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
11565 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
11566 /// optimization.
11567 ///
11568 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
11569 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
11570 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
11571 /// use the named return value optimization.
11572 ///
11573 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
11574 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
11575 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
11576 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
11577   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
11578 
11579   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
11580     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
11581       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
11582         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
11583     }
11584   }
11585 }
11586 
11587 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
11588   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
11589   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
11590     return false;
11591 
11592   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
11593   // return type (yet).
11594   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
11595     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
11596     // we can still delay parsing it.
11597     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
11598       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
11599       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
11600           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
11601         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
11602         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
11603       }
11604     }
11605     return false;
11606   }
11607 
11608   return true;
11609 }
11610 
11611 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
11612   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
11613   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
11614   // rest of the file.
11615   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
11616   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
11617   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
11618     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
11619       return false;
11620   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
11621 }
11622 
11623 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
11624   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
11625     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
11626   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
11627     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
11628   return Decl;
11629 }
11630 
11631 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
11632   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
11633 }
11634 
11635 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
11636                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
11637   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
11638 
11639   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
11640   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
11641 
11642   if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty())
11643     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
11644 
11645   if (FD) {
11646     FD->setBody(Body);
11647 
11648     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
11649       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
11650           FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
11651         // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
11652         // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
11653         // the deduced result type is 'void'.
11654         if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
11655           Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
11656               << FD->getReturnType();
11657           FD->setInvalidDecl();
11658         } else {
11659           // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
11660           TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
11661           Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
11662               FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
11663         }
11664       }
11665     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
11666       // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
11667       // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
11668       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
11669       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
11670         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
11671 
11672         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
11673         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
11674         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
11675         QualType RetType =
11676             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
11677 
11678         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
11679         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
11680             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11681         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
11682                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
11683       }
11684     }
11685 
11686     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
11687     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
11688     // is the first declaration.
11689     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
11690       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
11691         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
11692       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
11693                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
11694                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
11695         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
11696     }
11697 
11698     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
11699     // don't complain about missing return statements.
11700     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
11701       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
11702 
11703     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
11704     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
11705     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
11706       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
11707 
11708     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11709       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
11710       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
11711         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
11712       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
11713                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
11714 
11715       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
11716       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
11717         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
11718       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
11719         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
11720 
11721       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
11722       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
11723       // to deduce an implicit return type.
11724       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
11725           !FD->isDependentContext())
11726         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
11727     }
11728 
11729     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
11730     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
11731     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
11732     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
11733     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
11734     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
11735     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
11736       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
11737 
11738       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
11739         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
11740         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
11741         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
11742                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
11743           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
11744           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
11745             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
11746                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
11747                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
11748                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
11749         }
11750       }
11751     }
11752 
11753     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
11754       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
11755       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
11756           MD->isVirtual() &&
11757           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
11758           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
11759         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
11760         if (FD->isInlined() &&
11761             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
11762           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
11763 
11764           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
11765           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
11766           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
11767           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
11768           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
11769             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
11770         } else {
11771           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
11772           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
11773         }
11774       }
11775     }
11776 
11777     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
11778            "Function parsing confused");
11779   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
11780     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
11781     MD->setBody(Body);
11782     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11783       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters());
11784       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
11785                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
11786 
11787       if (Body)
11788         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
11789     }
11790     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
11791       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
11792         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
11793       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
11794     }
11795     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
11796       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
11797       bool isDesignated =
11798           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
11799       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
11800       (void)isDesignated;
11801 
11802       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
11803         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
11804         if (!IFace)
11805           return false;
11806         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
11807         if (!SuperD)
11808           return false;
11809         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
11810             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
11811       };
11812       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
11813       // of NSObject.
11814       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
11815         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
11816              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
11817         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
11818              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
11819       }
11820       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
11821     }
11822     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
11823       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
11824       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
11825         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
11826              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
11827       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
11828     }
11829   } else {
11830     return nullptr;
11831   }
11832 
11833   if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
11834     DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
11835 
11836   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
11837          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
11838          "handled in the block above.");
11839 
11840   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
11841   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
11842     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
11843     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
11844     // Verify this.
11845     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
11846       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
11847 
11848     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
11849     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
11850         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
11851       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
11852 
11853     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
11854       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
11855         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
11856 
11857       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
11858                                              Destructor->getParent());
11859     }
11860 
11861     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
11862     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
11863     // deletion in some later function.
11864     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
11865         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
11866       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11867     }
11868     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
11869         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
11870       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
11871       // enabled.
11872       ActivePolicy = &WP;
11873     }
11874 
11875     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
11876         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
11877          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
11878       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11879 
11880     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
11881       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
11882         // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
11883         // require prologue.
11884         bool RegisterVariables = false;
11885         if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
11886           for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
11887             if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
11888               RegisterVariables =
11889                   Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
11890               if (!RegisterVariables)
11891                 break;
11892             }
11893           }
11894         }
11895         if (RegisterVariables)
11896           continue;
11897         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
11898           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
11899           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
11900           FD->setInvalidDecl();
11901           break;
11902         }
11903       }
11904     }
11905 
11906     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
11907                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
11908            "Leftover temporaries in function");
11909     assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
11910     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
11911            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
11912   }
11913 
11914   if (!IsInstantiation)
11915     PopDeclContext();
11916 
11917   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
11918   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
11919   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
11920   // deletion in some later function.
11921   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
11922     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11923   }
11924 
11925   return dcl;
11926 }
11927 
11928 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
11929 /// relevant Decl.
11930 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
11931                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
11932   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
11933   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
11934     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
11935   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
11936 
11937   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
11938     if (Method->isStatic())
11939       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
11940 }
11941 
11942 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
11943 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
11944 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
11945                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
11946   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
11947   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
11948   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
11949   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
11950   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
11951     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
11952     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11953     return ExternCPrev;
11954   }
11955 
11956   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
11957   unsigned diag_id;
11958   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
11959     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
11960   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
11961     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
11962   else
11963     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
11964   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
11965 
11966   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
11967   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
11968   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
11969     TypoCorrection Corrected;
11970     if (S &&
11971         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
11972              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
11973              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
11974       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
11975                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
11976   }
11977 
11978   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
11979   const char *Dummy;
11980   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
11981   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
11982   unsigned DiagID;
11983   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
11984                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11985   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
11986   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
11987   SourceLocation NoLoc;
11988   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
11989   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
11990                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
11991                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11992                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
11993                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
11994                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
11995                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
11996                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
11997                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
11998                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
11999                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12000                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12001                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12002                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
12003                                              EST_None,
12004                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
12005                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
12006                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
12007                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
12008                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
12009                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
12010                                              Loc, Loc, D),
12011                 DS.getAttributes(),
12012                 SourceLocation());
12013   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
12014 
12015   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
12016 
12017   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
12018   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
12019 
12020   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
12021   FD->setImplicit();
12022 
12023   CurContext = PrevDC;
12024 
12025   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
12026 
12027   return FD;
12028 }
12029 
12030 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
12031 /// the declaration of this function.
12032 ///
12033 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
12034 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
12035 /// like NSLog or printf.
12036 ///
12037 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
12038 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
12039 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
12040   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
12041     return;
12042 
12043   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
12044   // actual attributes.
12045   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
12046     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
12047     unsigned FormatIdx;
12048     bool HasVAListArg;
12049     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
12050       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
12051         const char *fmt = "printf";
12052         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
12053         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
12054             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
12055           fmt = "NSString";
12056         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12057                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
12058                                                FormatIdx+1,
12059                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12060                                                FD->getLocation()));
12061       }
12062     }
12063     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
12064                                              HasVAListArg)) {
12065      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12066        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12067                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
12068                                               FormatIdx+1,
12069                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12070                                               FD->getLocation()));
12071     }
12072 
12073     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
12074     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
12075     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
12076     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
12077         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
12078       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12079         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12080     }
12081 
12082     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
12083         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
12084       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12085                                          FD->getLocation()));
12086     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
12087       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12088     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
12089       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12090     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12091       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12092     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
12093         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
12094       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
12095       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
12096       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
12097       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
12098           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
12099         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12100       else
12101         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12102     }
12103   }
12104 
12105   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
12106   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
12107   // across.
12108   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
12109       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
12110     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
12111     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
12112       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12113   }
12114 
12115   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
12116   if (!Name)
12117     return;
12118   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12119        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
12120       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
12121        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
12122        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
12123     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
12124     // about.
12125   } else
12126     return;
12127 
12128   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
12129     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
12130     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
12131     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12132       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12133                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
12134                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
12135                                              FD->getLocation()));
12136   }
12137 
12138   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
12139     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
12140     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
12141     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
12142       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
12143                                                 FD->getLocation()));
12144   }
12145 }
12146 
12147 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
12148                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
12149   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
12150   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
12151 
12152   if (!TInfo) {
12153     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
12154     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
12155   }
12156 
12157   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
12158   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12159                                            D.getLocStart(),
12160                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
12161                                            D.getIdentifier(),
12162                                            TInfo);
12163 
12164   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
12165   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
12166     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
12167     return NewTD;
12168   }
12169 
12170   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
12171     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
12172       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
12173         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
12174         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
12175         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
12176     else
12177       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
12178   }
12179 
12180   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
12181   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
12182   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
12183   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
12184   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
12185   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
12186   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
12187   case TST_enum:
12188   case TST_struct:
12189   case TST_interface:
12190   case TST_union:
12191   case TST_class: {
12192     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
12193     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
12194     break;
12195   }
12196 
12197   default:
12198     break;
12199   }
12200 
12201   return NewTD;
12202 }
12203 
12204 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
12205 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
12206   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
12207   QualType T = TI->getType();
12208 
12209   if (T->isDependentType())
12210     return false;
12211 
12212   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
12213     if (BT->isInteger())
12214       return false;
12215 
12216   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
12217   return true;
12218 }
12219 
12220 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
12221 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
12222 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(
12223     SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
12224     bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) {
12225   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
12226 
12227   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
12228     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
12229       << Prev->isScoped();
12230     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12231     return true;
12232   }
12233 
12234   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
12235     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
12236         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
12237         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
12238                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
12239       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
12240       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
12241         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
12242       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
12243           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
12244       return true;
12245     }
12246   } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) {
12247     ;
12248   } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) {
12249     ;
12250   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
12251     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
12252       << Prev->isFixed();
12253     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12254     return true;
12255   }
12256 
12257   return false;
12258 }
12259 
12260 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
12261 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
12262 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
12263 ///
12264 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
12265 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
12266   switch (Tag) {
12267   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
12268   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
12269   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
12270   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
12271   }
12272 }
12273 
12274 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
12275 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
12276 ///
12277 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
12278 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
12279 {
12280   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
12281 }
12282 
12283 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl) {
12284   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
12285     return NTK_Typedef;
12286   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
12287     return NTK_TypeAlias;
12288   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12289     return NTK_Template;
12290   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12291     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
12292   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
12293     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
12294   return NTK_Unknown;
12295 }
12296 
12297 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
12298 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
12299 ///
12300 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
12301 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
12302                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
12303                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
12304                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
12305   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
12306   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
12307   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
12308   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
12309   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
12310   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
12311   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
12312   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
12313   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
12314   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
12315   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
12316   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
12317   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
12318   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
12319   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
12320     if (OldTag == NewTag)
12321       return true;
12322 
12323   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
12324     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
12325     bool isTemplate = false;
12326     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
12327       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
12328 
12329     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
12330       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
12331       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
12332       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12333         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12334         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12335       return true;
12336     }
12337 
12338     if (isDefinition) {
12339       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
12340       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
12341       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12342         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
12343         return true;
12344       }
12345 
12346       bool previousMismatch = false;
12347       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
12348         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
12349           if (!previousMismatch) {
12350             previousMismatch = true;
12351             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
12352               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12353               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
12354           }
12355           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12356             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
12357             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
12358                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
12359         }
12360       }
12361       return true;
12362     }
12363 
12364     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
12365     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
12366     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
12367     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
12368                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
12369     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
12370       return true;
12371     }
12372 
12373     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12374       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12375       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12376     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
12377 
12378     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
12379     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12380         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12381           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
12382           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
12383                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
12384     }
12385 
12386     return true;
12387   }
12388   return false;
12389 }
12390 
12391 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
12392 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
12393 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
12394 ///   namespace N {
12395 ///     struct X;
12396 ///     namespace M {
12397 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
12398 ///     }
12399 ///   }
12400 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
12401                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12402   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
12403   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
12404   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
12405   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
12406   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12407   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
12408     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
12409     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
12410     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
12411     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
12412       return FixItHint();
12413     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
12414     Namespaces.push_back(II);
12415     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
12416         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
12417     if (Lookup == Namespace)
12418       break;
12419   }
12420 
12421   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
12422   // build an NNS.
12423   SmallString<64> Insertion;
12424   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
12425   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
12426     OS << "::";
12427   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
12428   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
12429     OS << II->getName() << "::";
12430   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
12431 }
12432 
12433 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
12434 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
12435 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
12436 /// using-declaration).
12437 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
12438                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
12439   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
12440   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
12441 
12442   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
12443     return true;
12444 
12445   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
12446   // encloses the other).
12447   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
12448       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
12449     return true;
12450 
12451   return false;
12452 }
12453 
12454 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
12455 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
12456 /// nothing.
12457 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12458   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12459     DC = DC->getParent();
12460   return DC;
12461 }
12462 
12463 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
12464 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
12465 /// nothing.
12466 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
12467   while (S->isClassScope() ||
12468          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
12469           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
12470          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
12471          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
12472     S = S->getParent();
12473   return S;
12474 }
12475 
12476 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
12477 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
12478 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
12479 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
12480 ///
12481 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
12482 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
12483 ///
12484 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
12485 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
12486 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
12487                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
12488                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
12489                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
12490                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
12491                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
12492                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
12493                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
12494                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
12495                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
12496                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
12497   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
12498   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
12499   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
12500          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
12501   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
12502 
12503   OwnedDecl = false;
12504   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
12505   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
12506 
12507   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
12508   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
12509   bool Invalid = false;
12510 
12511   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
12512   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
12513   // for non-C++ cases.
12514   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
12515       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
12516     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
12517             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
12518                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
12519                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
12520       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12521         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
12522         return nullptr;
12523       }
12524 
12525       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
12526         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
12527         // be a member of another template).
12528 
12529         if (Invalid)
12530           return nullptr;
12531 
12532         OwnedDecl = false;
12533         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
12534                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
12535                                                TemplateParams, AS,
12536                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
12537                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
12538                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
12539                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
12540                                                SkipBody);
12541         return Result.get();
12542       } else {
12543         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
12544         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
12545           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
12546         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
12547       }
12548     }
12549   }
12550 
12551   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
12552   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
12553   // redeclaration.
12554   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
12555   bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false;
12556 
12557   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12558     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
12559       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
12560       // type, default to int.
12561       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12562     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
12563       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
12564       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
12565       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
12566       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
12567       EnumUnderlying = TI;
12568 
12569       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
12570         // Recover by falling back to int.
12571         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12572 
12573       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
12574                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
12575         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12576 
12577     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12578       if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12579         // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
12580         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12581         EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true;
12582       }
12583     }
12584   }
12585 
12586   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
12587   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
12588   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
12589   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
12590 
12591   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
12592   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
12593     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
12594 
12595   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
12596   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12597     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
12598 
12599     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
12600     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
12601       Name = nullptr;
12602       goto CreateNewDecl;
12603     }
12604 
12605     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
12606     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
12607     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12608       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
12609       if (!DC) {
12610         IsDependent = true;
12611         return nullptr;
12612       }
12613     } else {
12614       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
12615       if (!DC) {
12616         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
12617           << SS.getRange();
12618         return nullptr;
12619       }
12620     }
12621 
12622     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
12623       return nullptr;
12624 
12625     SearchDC = DC;
12626     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
12627     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
12628 
12629     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
12630       return nullptr;
12631 
12632     if (Previous.empty()) {
12633       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
12634       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
12635       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
12636       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
12637       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
12638       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
12639       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
12640           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
12641         IsDependent = true;
12642         return nullptr;
12643       }
12644 
12645       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
12646       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
12647         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
12648       Name = nullptr;
12649       Invalid = true;
12650       goto CreateNewDecl;
12651     }
12652   } else if (Name) {
12653     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
12654     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
12655     //   name different from T:
12656     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
12657     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
12658         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
12659       return nullptr;
12660 
12661     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
12662     // declaration or definition.
12663     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
12664     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
12665     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
12666     LookupName(Previous, S);
12667 
12668     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
12669     // by types using'ed into this scope.
12670     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
12671         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
12672       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
12673       while (F.hasNext()) {
12674         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
12675         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
12676                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
12677           F.erase();
12678       }
12679       F.done();
12680     }
12681 
12682     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
12683     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
12684     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
12685     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
12686     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
12687     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
12688     //
12689     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
12690     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
12691     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
12692     //
12693     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
12694     // semantic context?
12695     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12696       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
12697       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
12698       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
12699       while (F.hasNext()) {
12700         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
12701         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12702         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
12703             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
12704           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12705             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
12706           else
12707             F.erase();
12708         }
12709       }
12710       F.done();
12711 
12712       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
12713       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
12714       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
12715         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
12716         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
12717             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
12718       }
12719     }
12720 
12721     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
12722     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
12723       return nullptr;
12724 
12725     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
12726       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
12727       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
12728       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
12729       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
12730       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
12731         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
12732     }
12733   }
12734 
12735   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
12736       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
12737     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12738     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
12739     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12740     Previous.clear();
12741   }
12742 
12743   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
12744       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
12745     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
12746       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
12747       isStdBadAlloc = true;
12748 
12749       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
12750       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
12751       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
12752       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
12753         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
12754     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
12755       isStdAlignValT = true;
12756       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
12757         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
12758     }
12759   }
12760 
12761   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
12762   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
12763   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
12764   // there's a shadow friend decl.
12765   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
12766       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
12767     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
12768     assert(SS.isEmpty());
12769 
12770     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12771       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
12772       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
12773       //
12774       //          class-key identifier
12775       //
12776       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
12777       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
12778       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
12779       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
12780       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
12781       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
12782       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
12783       //      declaration.
12784       //
12785       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
12786       // C structs and unions.
12787       //
12788       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
12789       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
12790       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
12791       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
12792       //
12793       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
12794       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
12795       //
12796       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
12797       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
12798       // lexical context,
12799       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
12800 
12801       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
12802       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
12803     } else {
12804       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
12805       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
12806       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
12807       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
12808       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
12809       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
12810     }
12811 
12812     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
12813     // diagnose some problems.
12814     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
12815     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
12816     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
12817     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
12818     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12819       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
12820       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
12821     } else {
12822       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
12823       LookupName(Previous, S);
12824     }
12825   }
12826 
12827   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
12828   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
12829     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
12830 
12831   if (!Previous.empty()) {
12832     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
12833     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12834 
12835     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
12836     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
12837     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
12838     // in C++.
12839     //
12840     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
12841     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
12842     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
12843     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
12844     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12845       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12846         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
12847           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
12848           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
12849               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
12850                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
12851             PrevDecl = Tag;
12852             Previous.clear();
12853             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
12854             Previous.resolveKind();
12855           }
12856         }
12857       }
12858     }
12859 
12860     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
12861     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
12862     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
12863     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
12864       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
12865       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
12866           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
12867           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
12868                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
12869         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
12870         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
12871              diag::note_using_decl_target);
12872         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
12873             << 0;
12874         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
12875         Previous.clear();
12876         goto CreateNewDecl;
12877       }
12878     }
12879 
12880     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12881       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
12882       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
12883       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
12884       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
12885           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
12886                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
12887         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
12888         // struct or something similar.
12889         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
12890                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
12891                                           Name)) {
12892           bool SafeToContinue
12893             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
12894                Kind != TTK_Enum);
12895           if (SafeToContinue)
12896             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
12897               << Name
12898               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
12899                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
12900           else
12901             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
12902           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
12903 
12904           if (SafeToContinue)
12905             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
12906           else {
12907             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
12908             Name = nullptr;
12909             Previous.clear();
12910             Invalid = true;
12911           }
12912         }
12913 
12914         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
12915           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
12916 
12917           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
12918           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
12919           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12920             if (ScopedEnum)
12921               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
12922                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
12923                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
12924             return PrevTagDecl;
12925           }
12926 
12927           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
12928           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
12929             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
12930           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
12931             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
12932 
12933           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
12934           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
12935           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
12936           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
12937                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
12938                                      EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum))
12939             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
12940         }
12941 
12942         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
12943         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
12944         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
12945         //   and then later defined.
12946         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
12947             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
12948           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
12949           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12950         }
12951 
12952         if (!Invalid) {
12953           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
12954           // we have attributes.
12955           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12956             if (Attr) {
12957               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
12958               // declaration to hold them.
12959             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
12960                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
12961                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
12962                         PP.getModuleContainingLocation(
12963                             PrevDecl->getLocation()) !=
12964                             PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) &&
12965                        SS.isEmpty()) {
12966               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
12967               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
12968               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
12969               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
12970               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
12971               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
12972               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
12973               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
12974                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12975                 return PrevTagDecl;
12976               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
12977               // that scope.
12978               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
12979             } else {
12980               return PrevTagDecl;
12981             }
12982           }
12983 
12984           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
12985           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12986             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
12987               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
12988               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
12989               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
12990               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
12991               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
12992                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
12993                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
12994                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
12995                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
12996                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
12997                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
12998                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
12999                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13000               }
13001 
13002               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
13003               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13004                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
13005                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
13006                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
13007                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
13008                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
13009                 // use it in place of this one.
13010                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
13011                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
13012                 return Def;
13013               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
13014                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
13015                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
13016                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
13017                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
13018                 else
13019                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
13020                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13021                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
13022                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
13023                 // references get the previous definition.
13024                 Name = nullptr;
13025                 Previous.clear();
13026                 Invalid = true;
13027               }
13028             } else {
13029               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
13030               // about a nested redefinition.
13031               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
13032               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
13033                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
13034                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
13035                      diag::note_previous_definition);
13036                 Name = nullptr;
13037                 Previous.clear();
13038                 Invalid = true;
13039               }
13040             }
13041 
13042             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
13043             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
13044           }
13045 
13046           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
13047           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
13048           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
13049           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
13050             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
13051             AS = AS_none;
13052           }
13053         }
13054         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
13055         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
13056 
13057       } else {
13058         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
13059         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
13060         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
13061         // have distinct types.
13062         Previous.clear();
13063       }
13064       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
13065       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
13066       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
13067 
13068     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
13069     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
13070     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
13071     } else {
13072       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
13073       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
13074       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
13075       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
13076           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
13077         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl);
13078         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << NTK;
13079         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
13080         Invalid = true;
13081 
13082       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
13083       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13084                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
13085         // do nothing
13086 
13087       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
13088       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13089         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl);
13090         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
13091         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13092         Invalid = true;
13093 
13094       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
13095       // case here.
13096       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13097         unsigned Kind = 0;
13098         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
13099         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
13100           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
13101         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13102         Invalid = true;
13103 
13104       // Otherwise, diagnose.
13105       } else {
13106         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
13107         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
13108         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
13109         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13110         Name = nullptr;
13111         Invalid = true;
13112       }
13113 
13114       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
13115       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
13116       Previous.clear();
13117     }
13118   }
13119 
13120 CreateNewDecl:
13121 
13122   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
13123   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
13124     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
13125 
13126   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
13127   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
13128   // keyword.
13129   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
13130 
13131   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
13132   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
13133   // PrevDecl.
13134   TagDecl *New;
13135 
13136   bool IsForwardReference = false;
13137   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
13138     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13139     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
13140     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13141                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
13142                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
13143 
13144     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
13145       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13146 
13147     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
13148     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
13149       TagDecl *Def;
13150       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
13151           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
13152         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
13153         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
13154       }
13155       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
13156         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
13157           << New;
13158         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13159       } else {
13160         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
13161         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
13162           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
13163         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13164           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
13165         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
13166 
13167         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
13168         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
13169         // the declaration context.
13170         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
13171           IsForwardReference = true;
13172       }
13173     }
13174 
13175     if (EnumUnderlying) {
13176       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13177       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13178         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
13179       else
13180         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
13181       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
13182     }
13183   } else {
13184     // struct/union/class
13185 
13186     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13187     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
13188     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13189       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
13190       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13191                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13192 
13193       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
13194         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
13195     } else
13196       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13197                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13198   }
13199 
13200   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
13201   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
13202   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13203     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
13204       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13205     Invalid = true;
13206   }
13207 
13208   // Maybe add qualifier info.
13209   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
13210     if (SS.isSet()) {
13211       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
13212       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
13213       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
13214       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
13215       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
13216       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
13217           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
13218           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
13219         Invalid = true;
13220 
13221       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
13222       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
13223         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
13224       }
13225     }
13226     else
13227       Invalid = true;
13228   }
13229 
13230   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
13231     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
13232     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
13233     //
13234     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
13235     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
13236     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
13237     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
13238     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
13239     // parsing of the struct).
13240     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13241       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
13242       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
13243     }
13244   }
13245 
13246   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
13247     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
13248       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
13249         << 2
13250         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
13251     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
13252     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
13253     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
13254     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
13255       New->setModulePrivate();
13256   }
13257 
13258   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
13259   // check the specialization.
13260   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
13261     Invalid = true;
13262 
13263   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
13264   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
13265   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
13266   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
13267       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
13268     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13269       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
13270       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
13271       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
13272         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
13273             << Name;
13274         Invalid = true;
13275       }
13276     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
13277       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13278     }
13279     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
13280   }
13281 
13282   if (Invalid)
13283     New->setInvalidDecl();
13284 
13285   if (Attr)
13286     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13287 
13288   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
13289   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
13290   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
13291 
13292   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
13293   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
13294   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
13295   // the tag name visible.
13296   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
13297     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
13298 
13299   // Set the access specifier.
13300   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
13301     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
13302 
13303   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
13304     New->startDefinition();
13305 
13306   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
13307   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13308     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
13309     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
13310     if (PrevDecl)
13311       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
13312 
13313     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
13314     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13315     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
13316       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
13317         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
13318   } else if (Name) {
13319     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13320     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
13321     if (IsForwardReference)
13322       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13323   } else {
13324     CurContext->addDecl(New);
13325   }
13326 
13327   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
13328   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
13329     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
13330         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
13331         II->isStr("FILE"))
13332       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
13333 
13334   if (PrevDecl)
13335     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
13336 
13337   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
13338   // record.
13339   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
13340 
13341   OwnedDecl = true;
13342   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
13343   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
13344   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
13345 }
13346 
13347 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
13348   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13349   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13350 
13351   // Enter the tag context.
13352   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
13353 
13354   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
13355 
13356   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
13357   // record.
13358   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
13359 }
13360 
13361 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
13362   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
13363          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
13364   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
13365   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
13366       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
13367   CurContext = OCD;
13368   return IDecl;
13369 }
13370 
13371 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
13372                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
13373                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
13374                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
13375   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13376   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
13377 
13378   FieldCollector->StartClass();
13379 
13380   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
13381     return;
13382 
13383   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
13384     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
13385                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
13386 
13387   // C++ [class]p2:
13388   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
13389   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
13390   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
13391   //   as if it were a public member name.
13392   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
13393     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
13394                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
13395                             Record->getIdentifier(),
13396                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
13397                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
13398   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
13399   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
13400   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
13401   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
13402       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
13403   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
13404   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
13405          "Broken injected-class-name");
13406 }
13407 
13408 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
13409                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
13410   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13411   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13412   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
13413 
13414   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
13415   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
13416     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
13417     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
13418       RD->completeDefinition();
13419   }
13420 
13421   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
13422     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
13423 
13424   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
13425   PopDeclContext();
13426 
13427   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
13428       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
13429     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
13430 
13431   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
13432   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
13433     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
13434 }
13435 
13436 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
13437   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
13438   PopDeclContext();
13439 }
13440 
13441 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
13442   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
13443   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
13444   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
13445 }
13446 
13447 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
13448   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
13449   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
13450 }
13451 
13452 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
13453   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13454   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13455   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
13456 
13457   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
13458   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
13459     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
13460       RD->completeDefinition();
13461   }
13462 
13463   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
13464   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
13465   // the FieldCollector.
13466 
13467   PopDeclContext();
13468 }
13469 
13470 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
13471 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
13472                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
13473                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
13474                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
13475   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
13476   if (ZeroWidth)
13477     *ZeroWidth = true;
13478 
13479   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
13480   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
13481   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
13482     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
13483     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
13484       return ExprError();
13485     if (FieldName)
13486       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
13487         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
13488     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
13489       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
13490   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
13491                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
13492     return ExprError();
13493 
13494   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
13495   // it now.
13496   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
13497     return BitWidth;
13498 
13499   llvm::APSInt Value;
13500   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
13501   if (ICE.isInvalid())
13502     return ICE;
13503   BitWidth = ICE.get();
13504 
13505   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
13506     *ZeroWidth = false;
13507 
13508   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
13509   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
13510     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
13511 
13512   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
13513     if (FieldName)
13514       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
13515                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
13516     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
13517       << Value.toString(10);
13518   }
13519 
13520   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
13521     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
13522     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
13523     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
13524 
13525     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
13526     // ABI.
13527     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
13528         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
13529     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
13530         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
13531         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
13532     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
13533       unsigned DiagWidth =
13534           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
13535       if (FieldName)
13536         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13537                << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
13538                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
13539 
13540       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13541              << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation
13542              << DiagWidth;
13543     }
13544 
13545     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
13546     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
13547     // 'bool'.
13548     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) {
13549       if (FieldName)
13550         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13551             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
13552             << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
13553       else
13554         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13555             << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
13556     }
13557   }
13558 
13559   return BitWidth;
13560 }
13561 
13562 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
13563 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
13564 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
13565                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
13566   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
13567                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
13568                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
13569   return Res;
13570 }
13571 
13572 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
13573 ///
13574 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
13575                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
13576                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
13577                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
13578                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
13579   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
13580     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
13581     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
13582       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
13583     return nullptr;
13584   }
13585 
13586   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13587   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
13588   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
13589 
13590   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13591   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
13592   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13593     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
13594 
13595     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
13596                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
13597       D.setInvalidType();
13598       T = Context.IntTy;
13599       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
13600     }
13601   }
13602 
13603   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
13604   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
13605     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
13606     D.setInvalidType();
13607   }
13608 
13609   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
13610   // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
13611   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() ||
13612                           T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) {
13613     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
13614     D.setInvalidType();
13615   }
13616 
13617   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
13618 
13619   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
13620     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
13621         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
13622   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
13623     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13624          diag::err_invalid_thread)
13625       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
13626 
13627   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
13628   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
13629   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
13630   LookupName(Previous, S);
13631   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
13632     case LookupResult::Found:
13633     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
13634       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
13635       break;
13636 
13637     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
13638       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
13639       break;
13640 
13641     case LookupResult::NotFound:
13642     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
13643     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
13644       break;
13645   }
13646   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
13647 
13648   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13649     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13650     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
13651     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13652     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13653   }
13654 
13655   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
13656     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13657 
13658   bool Mutable
13659     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
13660   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
13661   FieldDecl *NewFD
13662     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
13663                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
13664 
13665   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
13666     Record->setInvalidDecl();
13667 
13668   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13669     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
13670 
13671   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
13672     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
13673     // with the same name in the same scope.
13674   } else if (II) {
13675     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
13676   } else
13677     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
13678 
13679   return NewFD;
13680 }
13681 
13682 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
13683 ///
13684 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
13685 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
13686 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
13687 /// created.
13688 ///
13689 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
13690 ///
13691 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
13692 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
13693                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
13694                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
13695                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
13696                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
13697                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
13698                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
13699                                 Declarator *D) {
13700   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
13701   bool InvalidDecl = false;
13702   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
13703 
13704   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
13705   // marking this declaration as invalid.
13706   if (T.isNull()) {
13707     InvalidDecl = true;
13708     T = Context.IntTy;
13709   }
13710 
13711   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
13712   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13713     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
13714       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
13715       Record->setInvalidDecl();
13716       InvalidDecl = true;
13717     } else {
13718       NamedDecl *Def;
13719       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
13720       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
13721         Record->setInvalidDecl();
13722         InvalidDecl = true;
13723       }
13724     }
13725   }
13726 
13727   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
13728   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
13729     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
13730     InvalidDecl = true;
13731   }
13732 
13733   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
13734   // than a variably modified type.
13735   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
13736     bool SizeIsNegative;
13737     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
13738 
13739     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
13740       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
13741                                                     SizeIsNegative,
13742                                                     Oversized);
13743     if (FixedTInfo) {
13744       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
13745       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
13746       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
13747     } else {
13748       if (SizeIsNegative)
13749         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
13750       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
13751         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
13752           << Oversized.toString(10);
13753       else
13754         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
13755       InvalidDecl = true;
13756     }
13757   }
13758 
13759   // Fields can not have abstract class types
13760   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
13761                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13762                                              AbstractFieldType))
13763     InvalidDecl = true;
13764 
13765   bool ZeroWidth = false;
13766   if (InvalidDecl)
13767     BitWidth = nullptr;
13768   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
13769   if (BitWidth) {
13770     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
13771                               &ZeroWidth).get();
13772     if (!BitWidth) {
13773       InvalidDecl = true;
13774       BitWidth = nullptr;
13775       ZeroWidth = false;
13776     }
13777   }
13778 
13779   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
13780   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
13781     unsigned DiagID = 0;
13782     if (T->isReferenceType())
13783       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
13784                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
13785     else if (T.isConstQualified())
13786       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
13787 
13788     if (DiagID) {
13789       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
13790       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
13791         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
13792       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
13793       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
13794         Mutable = false;
13795         InvalidDecl = true;
13796       }
13797     }
13798   }
13799 
13800   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
13801   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
13802   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
13803   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
13804     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
13805 
13806   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
13807                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
13808   if (InvalidDecl)
13809     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13810 
13811   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13812     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
13813     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13814     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13815   }
13816 
13817   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13818     if (Record->isUnion()) {
13819       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13820         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
13821         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
13822           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
13823           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
13824           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
13825           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
13826           // objects.
13827           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
13828             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13829         }
13830       }
13831 
13832       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
13833       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
13834       // enabled.
13835       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
13836         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
13837                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
13838                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
13839           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
13840         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
13841           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13842       }
13843     }
13844   }
13845 
13846   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
13847   // representation, not a parser representation.
13848   if (D) {
13849     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
13850     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
13851 
13852     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
13853       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
13854   }
13855 
13856   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
13857   // retainable type.
13858   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
13859     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13860 
13861   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
13862     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
13863 
13864   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
13865   return NewFD;
13866 }
13867 
13868 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
13869   assert(FD);
13870   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
13871 
13872   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
13873     return false;
13874 
13875   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13876   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13877     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
13878     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
13879       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
13880       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
13881       // copy constructors.
13882 
13883       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
13884       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
13885       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
13886       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
13887       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
13888       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
13889       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
13890         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
13891       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
13892         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
13893       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
13894         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
13895       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
13896         member = CXXDestructor;
13897 
13898       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
13899         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
13900             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
13901           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
13902           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
13903           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
13904           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
13905           // members unavailable.
13906           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
13907           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
13908             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
13909               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
13910                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
13911             return false;
13912           }
13913         }
13914 
13915         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
13916                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
13917                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
13918           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
13919         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
13920         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
13921       }
13922     }
13923   }
13924 
13925   return false;
13926 }
13927 
13928 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
13929 ///  AST enum value.
13930 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
13931 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
13932   switch (ivarVisibility) {
13933   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
13934   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
13935   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
13936   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
13937   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
13938   }
13939 }
13940 
13941 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
13942 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
13943 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
13944                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
13945                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
13946                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
13947 
13948   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13949   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
13950   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
13951   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
13952 
13953   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
13954   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
13955 
13956   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13957   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
13958 
13959   if (BitWidth) {
13960     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
13961     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
13962     if (!BitWidth)
13963       D.setInvalidType();
13964   } else {
13965     // Not a bitfield.
13966 
13967     // validate II.
13968 
13969   }
13970   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
13971     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
13972     D.setInvalidType();
13973   }
13974   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
13975   // than a variably modified type.
13976   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
13977     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
13978     D.setInvalidType();
13979   }
13980 
13981   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
13982   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
13983     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
13984                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
13985   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
13986   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
13987   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
13988     return nullptr;
13989   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
13990   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13991       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13992     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
13993     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
13994       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
13995       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
13996     }
13997     else
13998       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
13999   } else {
14000     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
14001         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14002       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
14003         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
14004         return nullptr;
14005       }
14006     }
14007     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14008   }
14009 
14010   // Construct the decl.
14011   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
14012                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
14013                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
14014 
14015   if (II) {
14016     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
14017                                            ForRedeclaration);
14018     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
14019         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
14020       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
14021       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14022       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14023     }
14024   }
14025 
14026   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
14027   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
14028 
14029   if (D.isInvalidType())
14030     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14031 
14032   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
14033   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
14034     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14035 
14036   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
14037     NewID->setModulePrivate();
14038 
14039   if (II) {
14040     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
14041     // these to the interface.
14042     S->AddDecl(NewID);
14043     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
14044   }
14045 
14046   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
14047       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
14048     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
14049 
14050   return NewID;
14051 }
14052 
14053 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
14054 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
14055 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
14056 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
14057 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
14058                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
14059   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
14060     return;
14061 
14062   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
14063   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
14064 
14065   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
14066     return;
14067   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
14068   if (!ID) {
14069     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
14070       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
14071         return;
14072     }
14073     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
14074     else
14075       return;
14076   }
14077   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
14078   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
14079   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
14080 
14081   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
14082                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
14083                               Context.CharTy,
14084                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
14085                                                                DeclLoc),
14086                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
14087                               true);
14088   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
14089 }
14090 
14091 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
14092                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
14093                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
14094   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
14095 
14096   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
14097   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
14098   // it will now change.
14099   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14100     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14101     switch (DC->getKind()) {
14102     default: break;
14103     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
14104       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14105       break;
14106     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
14107       Context.
14108         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14109       break;
14110     }
14111   }
14112 
14113   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14114 
14115   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
14116   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
14117   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
14118   if (Record) {
14119     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
14120       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
14121         if (IFD->getDeclName())
14122           ++NumNamedMembers;
14123     }
14124   }
14125 
14126   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
14127   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
14128 
14129   bool ARCErrReported = false;
14130   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
14131        i != end; ++i) {
14132     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
14133 
14134     // Get the type for the field.
14135     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
14136 
14137     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
14138       // Remember all fields written by the user.
14139       RecFields.push_back(FD);
14140     }
14141 
14142     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
14143     // diagnostics about it.
14144     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14145       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14146       continue;
14147     }
14148 
14149     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
14150     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
14151     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
14152     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
14153     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
14154     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
14155     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
14156     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
14157     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
14158     //   array.
14159     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
14160       // Field declared as a function.
14161       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
14162         << FD->getDeclName();
14163       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14164       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14165       continue;
14166     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
14167                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
14168                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
14169                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
14170                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
14171       // Flexible array member.
14172       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
14173       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
14174       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
14175       unsigned DiagID = 0;
14176       if (Record->isUnion())
14177         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14178                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
14179                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14180                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
14181                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
14182       else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
14183         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14184                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
14185                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14186                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
14187                            : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
14188 
14189       if (DiagID)
14190         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
14191                                         << Record->getTagKind();
14192       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
14193       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
14194       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
14195       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
14196       // of the type.
14197       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
14198         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
14199           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
14200             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14201       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
14202         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
14203           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14204 
14205       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
14206       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
14207       //
14208       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
14209       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
14210       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14211       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
14212         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
14213           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14214         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14215         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14216         continue;
14217       }
14218       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
14219       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14220     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
14221                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14222                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
14223       // Incomplete type
14224       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14225       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14226       continue;
14227     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14228       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
14229         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
14230         // flexible array member.
14231         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14232         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
14233           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
14234           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
14235           // structures.
14236           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
14237             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
14238               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14239           else {
14240             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
14241             // other structs as an extension.
14242             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
14243               << FD->getDeclName();
14244           }
14245         }
14246       }
14247       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
14248           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14249                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14250                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
14251         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
14252         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14253       }
14254       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14255         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14256       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
14257         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14258     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
14259       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
14260       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
14261         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
14262       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
14263       FD->setType(T);
14264     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
14265                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
14266       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
14267       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
14268       // so we just make the field unavailable.
14269       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
14270       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
14271       QualType T = FD->getType();
14272       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
14273       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
14274         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
14275         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
14276           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
14277             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14278                           UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc));
14279           }
14280         } else {
14281           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
14282             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
14283         }
14284         ARCErrReported = true;
14285       }
14286     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
14287                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
14288                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
14289       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14290           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
14291         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14292       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
14293         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14294         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
14295             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14296           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14297         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14298                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
14299                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14300       }
14301     }
14302     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
14303       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14304     // Keep track of the number of named members.
14305     if (FD->getIdentifier())
14306       ++NumNamedMembers;
14307   }
14308 
14309   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
14310   if (Record) {
14311     bool Completed = false;
14312     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
14313       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
14314         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
14315         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
14316                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
14317                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
14318           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
14319       }
14320 
14321       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
14322         if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
14323           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
14324           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
14325             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
14326                                           CXXRecord->getDestructor());
14327         }
14328 
14329         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
14330           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
14331           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
14332 
14333           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
14334           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
14335           // problem now.
14336           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
14337             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
14338             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
14339 
14340             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
14341                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
14342                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
14343               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
14344                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
14345                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
14346                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
14347                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
14348                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
14349                   continue;
14350 
14351                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
14352                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
14353                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
14354                 //   program is ill-formed.
14355                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
14356                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
14357                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
14358                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
14359                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
14360                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
14361                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
14362                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
14363                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
14364                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
14365 
14366                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
14367               }
14368             }
14369             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
14370             Completed = true;
14371           }
14372         }
14373       }
14374     }
14375 
14376     if (!Completed)
14377       Record->completeDefinition();
14378 
14379     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
14380     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
14381       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
14382       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
14383           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor))
14384         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
14385     }
14386 
14387     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
14388       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
14389 
14390       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
14391         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
14392                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
14393                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
14394     }
14395 
14396     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
14397     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
14398     // compatibility problems.
14399     bool CheckForZeroSize;
14400     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14401       CheckForZeroSize = true;
14402     } else {
14403       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
14404       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
14405       CheckForZeroSize =
14406           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
14407           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
14408           CXXRecord->isCLike();
14409     }
14410     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
14411       bool ZeroSize = true;
14412       bool IsEmpty = true;
14413       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
14414       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
14415                                       E = Record->field_end();
14416            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
14417         IsEmpty = false;
14418         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
14419           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
14420             ZeroSize = false;
14421         } else {
14422           ++NonBitFields;
14423           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
14424           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
14425               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
14426             ZeroSize = false;
14427         }
14428       }
14429 
14430       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
14431       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
14432       // extern "C" block.
14433       if (ZeroSize) {
14434         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
14435                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
14436                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
14437           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
14438       }
14439 
14440       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
14441       // but are accepted by GCC.
14442       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14443         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
14444                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
14445           << Record->isUnion();
14446       }
14447     }
14448   } else {
14449     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
14450       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
14451     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14452       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
14453       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
14454       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14455         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
14456         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
14457       }
14458       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
14459       // duplicates.
14460       if (ID->getSuperClass())
14461         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
14462     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
14463                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14464       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
14465       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
14466         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
14467         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
14468         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
14469       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
14470       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
14471       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
14472     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
14473                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14474       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
14475       // reported as errors elsewhere.
14476       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
14477       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
14478       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
14479       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
14480       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
14481       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14482         if (IDecl) {
14483           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
14484               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
14485             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
14486                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
14487             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14488             continue;
14489           }
14490           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
14491             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
14492                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
14493               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
14494                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
14495               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14496               continue;
14497             }
14498           }
14499         }
14500         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
14501         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
14502       }
14503       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
14504       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
14505     }
14506   }
14507 
14508   if (Attr)
14509     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
14510 }
14511 
14512 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
14513 /// the given type T.
14514 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
14515                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
14516                                         QualType T) {
14517   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
14518   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
14519 
14520   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
14521     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
14522       --BitWidth;
14523     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
14524   }
14525   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
14526 }
14527 
14528 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
14529 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
14530 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
14531   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
14532   // enum checking below.
14533   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
14534   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
14535   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
14536     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
14537   };
14538   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
14539     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
14540     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
14541   };
14542 
14543   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
14544   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
14545                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
14546   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
14547     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
14548       return Types[I];
14549 
14550   return QualType();
14551 }
14552 
14553 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
14554                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
14555                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
14556                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
14557                                           Expr *Val) {
14558   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
14559   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
14560   QualType EltTy;
14561 
14562   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
14563     Val = nullptr;
14564 
14565   if (Val)
14566     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
14567 
14568   if (Val) {
14569     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
14570       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
14571     else {
14572       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
14573       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
14574           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
14575         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
14576         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
14577         // constant expression of the underlying type.
14578         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14579         ExprResult Converted =
14580           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
14581                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
14582         if (Converted.isInvalid())
14583           Val = nullptr;
14584         else
14585           Val = Converted.get();
14586       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
14587                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
14588                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
14589         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
14590       } else {
14591         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14592           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14593 
14594           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
14595           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
14596           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
14597           // expression checking.
14598           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
14599             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
14600               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
14601               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
14602             } else
14603               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
14604           } else
14605             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
14606                                     EltTy->isBooleanType() ?
14607                                     CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast)
14608                     .get();
14609         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14610           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
14611           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14612           //   is the type of its initializing value:
14613           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
14614           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
14615           EltTy = Val->getType();
14616         } else {
14617           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
14618           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
14619           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
14620           //   representable as an int.
14621 
14622           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
14623           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
14624             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
14625               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
14626               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
14627           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
14628             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
14629             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
14630           }
14631           EltTy = Val->getType();
14632         }
14633       }
14634     }
14635   }
14636 
14637   if (!Val) {
14638     if (Enum->isDependentType())
14639       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
14640     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
14641       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
14642       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14643       //   is the type of its initializing value:
14644       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
14645       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
14646       //
14647       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
14648       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
14649       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14650         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14651       }
14652       else {
14653         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
14654       }
14655     } else {
14656       // Assign the last value + 1.
14657       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14658       ++EnumVal;
14659       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
14660 
14661       // Check for overflow on increment.
14662       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
14663         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
14664         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14665         //   is the type of its initializing value:
14666         //
14667         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
14668         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
14669         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
14670         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
14671         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
14672         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
14673         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
14674         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
14675           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
14676           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
14677           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14678           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
14679           ++EnumVal;
14680           if (Enum->isFixed())
14681             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
14682             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
14683               << EnumVal.toString(10)
14684               << EltTy;
14685           else
14686             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
14687               << EnumVal.toString(10);
14688         } else {
14689           EltTy = T;
14690         }
14691 
14692         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
14693         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
14694         // value, then increment.
14695         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14696         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
14697         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
14698         ++EnumVal;
14699 
14700         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
14701         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
14702         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
14703         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
14704         // integral type.
14705         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
14706           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
14707       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14708                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
14709         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
14710         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
14711           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
14712       }
14713     }
14714   }
14715 
14716   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
14717     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
14718     // enumerator's type.
14719     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
14720     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
14721   }
14722 
14723   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
14724                                   Val, EnumVal);
14725 }
14726 
14727 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
14728                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
14729   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
14730       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14731     return SkipBodyInfo();
14732 
14733   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
14734   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
14735   // skip the body.
14736   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
14737                                          ForRedeclaration);
14738   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
14739   if (!PrevECD)
14740     return SkipBodyInfo();
14741 
14742   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
14743   NamedDecl *Hidden;
14744   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
14745     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
14746     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
14747     return Skip;
14748   }
14749 
14750   return SkipBodyInfo();
14751 }
14752 
14753 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
14754                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
14755                               AttributeList *Attr,
14756                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
14757   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
14758   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
14759     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
14760 
14761   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
14762   // we find one that is.
14763   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
14764 
14765   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
14766   // scope.
14767   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
14768                                          ForRedeclaration);
14769   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
14770     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
14771     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
14772     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
14773     PrevDecl = nullptr;
14774   }
14775 
14776   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
14777   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
14778   // different from T:
14779   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
14780   // enumerated type
14781   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
14782     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
14783                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
14784 
14785   EnumConstantDecl *New =
14786     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
14787   if (!New)
14788     return nullptr;
14789 
14790   if (PrevDecl) {
14791     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
14792     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
14793     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
14794            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
14795     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) &&
14796         shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) {
14797       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
14798         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
14799       else
14800         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
14801       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14802       return nullptr;
14803     }
14804   }
14805 
14806   // Process attributes.
14807   if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
14808 
14809   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
14810   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
14811   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
14812 
14813   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
14814 
14815   return New;
14816 }
14817 
14818 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
14819 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
14820 // Element2 = Element1
14821 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
14822 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
14823 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
14824 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
14825   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
14826   if (!InitExpr)
14827     return true;
14828   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
14829 
14830   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
14831     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
14832       return true;
14833     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
14834     if (!IL)
14835       return true;
14836     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
14837       return true;
14838 
14839     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
14840   }
14841 
14842   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
14843   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
14844   if (!DRE)
14845     return true;
14846 
14847   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
14848   if (!EnumConstant)
14849     return true;
14850 
14851   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
14852       Enum)
14853     return true;
14854 
14855   return false;
14856 }
14857 
14858 namespace {
14859 struct DupKey {
14860   int64_t val;
14861   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
14862   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
14863     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
14864 };
14865 
14866 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
14867   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
14868                 false);
14869 }
14870 
14871 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
14872   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
14873   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
14874   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
14875     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
14876   }
14877   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
14878     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
14879            LHS.val == RHS.val;
14880   }
14881 };
14882 } // end anonymous namespace
14883 
14884 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
14885 // a previous element has already been set to.
14886 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
14887                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
14888                                         QualType EnumType) {
14889   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
14890     return;
14891   // Avoid anonymous enums
14892   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
14893     return;
14894 
14895   // Only check for small enums.
14896   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
14897     return;
14898 
14899   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
14900   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
14901 
14902   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
14903   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
14904           ValueToVectorMap;
14905 
14906   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
14907   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
14908 
14909   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
14910   // an initialier.
14911   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14912     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14913 
14914     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
14915     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
14916     if (!ECD) {
14917       return;
14918     }
14919 
14920     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
14921       continue;
14922 
14923     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
14924     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
14925 
14926     // First time encountering this value.
14927     if (Entry.isNull())
14928       Entry = ECD;
14929   }
14930 
14931   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
14932   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14933     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
14934     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
14935       continue;
14936 
14937     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
14938 
14939     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
14940     if (Entry.isNull())
14941       continue;
14942 
14943     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
14944       // Ensure constants are different.
14945       if (D == ECD)
14946         continue;
14947 
14948       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
14949       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
14950       Vec->push_back(D);
14951       Vec->push_back(ECD);
14952 
14953       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
14954       Entry = Vec;
14955 
14956       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
14957       // diagnostics.
14958       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
14959       continue;
14960     }
14961 
14962     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
14963     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
14964     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
14965       continue;
14966 
14967     Vec->push_back(ECD);
14968   }
14969 
14970   // Emit diagnostics.
14971   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
14972                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
14973        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
14974     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
14975     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
14976 
14977     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
14978     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
14979     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
14980       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
14981       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
14982     ++I;
14983 
14984     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
14985     // the same value.
14986     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
14987       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
14988         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
14989         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
14990     delete Vec;
14991   }
14992 }
14993 
14994 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
14995                              bool AllowMask) const {
14996   assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
14997   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
14998 
14999   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
15000   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
15001 
15002   if (R.second) {
15003     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
15004       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
15005       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
15006       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
15007         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
15008     }
15009   }
15010 
15011   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
15012   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
15013   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
15014   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
15015   //
15016   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
15017   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
15018   // likely a logic error.
15019   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
15020   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
15021 }
15022 
15023 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
15024                          Decl *EnumDeclX,
15025                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15026                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
15027   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
15028   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
15029 
15030   if (Attr)
15031     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
15032 
15033   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
15034     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15035       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15036         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15037       if (!ECD) continue;
15038 
15039       ECD->setType(EnumType);
15040     }
15041 
15042     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
15043     return;
15044   }
15045 
15046   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
15047   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
15048   // emit a warning.
15049   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
15050   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
15051   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
15052 
15053   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
15054   // reverse the list.
15055   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
15056   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
15057 
15058   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
15059   bool AllElementsInt = true;
15060 
15061   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15062     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15063       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15064     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15065 
15066     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15067 
15068     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
15069     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
15070       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
15071                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
15072     else
15073       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
15074                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
15075 
15076     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
15077     if (AllElementsInt)
15078       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
15079   }
15080 
15081   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
15082   QualType BestType;
15083   unsigned BestWidth;
15084 
15085   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
15086   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
15087   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
15088   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
15089   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
15090   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
15091   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
15092   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
15093   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
15094   QualType BestPromotionType;
15095 
15096   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
15097   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
15098   // enum definitions.
15099   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
15100     Packed = true;
15101 
15102   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
15103     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
15104     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
15105       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
15106     else
15107       BestPromotionType = BestType;
15108 
15109     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
15110   }
15111   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
15112     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
15113     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
15114     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15115     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
15116       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
15117       BestWidth = CharWidth;
15118     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
15119                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
15120       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
15121       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15122     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
15123       BestType = Context.IntTy;
15124       BestWidth = IntWidth;
15125     } else {
15126       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
15127 
15128       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
15129         BestType = Context.LongTy;
15130       } else {
15131         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15132 
15133         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
15134           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
15135         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
15136       }
15137     }
15138     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
15139   } else {
15140     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
15141     // all of the enumerator values.
15142     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15143     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
15144       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
15145       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15146       BestWidth = CharWidth;
15147     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
15148       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
15149       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15150       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15151     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
15152       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
15153       BestWidth = IntWidth;
15154       BestPromotionType
15155         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15156                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
15157     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
15158                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
15159       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
15160       BestPromotionType
15161         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15162                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
15163     } else {
15164       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15165       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
15166              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
15167       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
15168       BestPromotionType
15169         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15170                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
15171     }
15172   }
15173 
15174   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
15175   // the type of the enum if needed.
15176   for (auto *D : Elements) {
15177     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15178     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15179 
15180     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
15181     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
15182     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
15183     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
15184     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
15185 
15186     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
15187     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15188 
15189     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
15190     // the enum decl type.
15191     QualType NewTy;
15192     unsigned NewWidth;
15193     bool NewSign;
15194     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15195         !Enum->isFixed() &&
15196         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
15197       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
15198       NewWidth = IntWidth;
15199       NewSign = true;
15200     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
15201       // Already the right type!
15202       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15203         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15204         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15205         // enumeration.
15206         ECD->setType(EnumType);
15207       continue;
15208     } else {
15209       NewTy = BestType;
15210       NewWidth = BestWidth;
15211       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
15212     }
15213 
15214     // Adjust the APSInt value.
15215     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
15216     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
15217     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
15218 
15219     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
15220     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
15221         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
15222       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
15223                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
15224                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
15225                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
15226                                                 VK_RValue));
15227     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15228       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15229       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15230       // enumeration.
15231       ECD->setType(EnumType);
15232     else
15233       ECD->setType(NewTy);
15234   }
15235 
15236   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
15237                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
15238 
15239   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
15240 
15241   if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) {
15242     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
15243       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15244       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15245 
15246       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15247       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
15248           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
15249         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
15250           << ECD << Enum;
15251     }
15252   }
15253 
15254   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
15255   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
15256     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
15257 }
15258 
15259 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
15260                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
15261                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
15262   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
15263 
15264   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
15265                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
15266                                                    EndLoc);
15267   CurContext->addDecl(New);
15268   return New;
15269 }
15270 
15271 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
15272                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC,
15273                                      bool FromInclude = false) {
15274   SourceLocation ExternCLoc;
15275 
15276   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
15277     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
15278     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
15279       if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid())
15280         ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart();
15281       break;
15282     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
15283       break;
15284     }
15285     DC = LSD->getParent();
15286   }
15287 
15288   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
15289     DC = DC->getParent();
15290 
15291   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
15292     S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M))
15293                           ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop
15294                           : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal)
15295         << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
15296     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
15297            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC;
15298   } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) {
15299     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c)
15300       << M->getFullModuleName();
15301     S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
15302   }
15303 }
15304 
15305 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) {
15306   return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext);
15307 }
15308 
15309 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc,
15310                                            ModuleDeclKind MDK,
15311                                            ModuleIdPath Path) {
15312   // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any
15313   // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a
15314   // module inteface (not a module map).
15315   auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule();
15316   if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation
15317           ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None
15318           : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) {
15319     Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch)
15320       << (unsigned)MDK;
15321     return nullptr;
15322   }
15323 
15324   // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it.
15325 
15326   // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than
15327   // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current
15328   // module matters (eg a #include).
15329 
15330   // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's
15331   // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character
15332   // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name.
15333   std::string ModuleName;
15334   for (auto &Piece : Path) {
15335     if (!ModuleName.empty())
15336       ModuleName += ".";
15337     ModuleName += Piece.first->getName();
15338   }
15339 
15340   // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be
15341   // correct.
15342   if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() &&
15343       getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) {
15344     Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch)
15345         << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second)
15346         << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
15347     return nullptr;
15348   }
15349   const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName;
15350 
15351   auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap();
15352 
15353   switch (MDK) {
15354   case ModuleDeclKind::Module: {
15355     // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule.
15356 
15357     // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module
15358     // map defining it already.
15359     if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) {
15360       Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName;
15361       if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid())
15362         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition);
15363       else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile())
15364         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file)
15365             << FE->getName();
15366       return nullptr;
15367     }
15368 
15369     // Create a Module for the module that we're defining.
15370     Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName);
15371     assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail");
15372 
15373     // Enter the semantic scope of the module.
15374     ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod);
15375     return nullptr;
15376   }
15377 
15378   case ModuleDeclKind::Partition:
15379     // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module.
15380     return nullptr;
15381 
15382   case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation:
15383     std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc(
15384         PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second);
15385 
15386     DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc);
15387     if (Import.isInvalid())
15388       return nullptr;
15389     return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get());
15390   }
15391 
15392   llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind");
15393 }
15394 
15395 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
15396                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
15397                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
15398   Module *Mod =
15399       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
15400                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
15401   if (!Mod)
15402     return true;
15403 
15404   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
15405 
15406   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
15407 
15408   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
15409   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
15410   // silently ignoring the import.
15411   // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we
15412   // warn on a redundant import of the current module?
15413   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule &&
15414       (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS))
15415     Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule()
15416                         ? diag::err_module_self_import
15417                         : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
15418         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
15419 
15420   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
15421   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
15422   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
15423     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
15424     // We need the length to be consistent.
15425     if (!ModCheck)
15426       break;
15427     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
15428 
15429     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
15430   }
15431 
15432   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15433   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc,
15434                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
15435   if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
15436     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import);
15437   TU->addDecl(Import);
15438   return Import;
15439 }
15440 
15441 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15442   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true);
15443   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
15444 }
15445 
15446 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15447   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
15448   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
15449   // implementation detail of us building the module.
15450   //
15451   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
15452   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
15453       TUKind == TU_Module &&
15454       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
15455 
15456   bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes;
15457 
15458   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
15459   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
15460   if (ShouldAddImport) {
15461     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15462     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
15463                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
15464                                                      DirectiveLoc);
15465     if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
15466       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD);
15467     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
15468     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
15469   }
15470 
15471   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
15472   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
15473 }
15474 
15475 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15476   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
15477 
15478   ModuleScopes.push_back({});
15479   ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod;
15480   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
15481     ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules);
15482 
15483   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
15484 }
15485 
15486 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) {
15487   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, EofLoc, CurContext);
15488 
15489   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
15490     VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules);
15491     // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache
15492     // is now out of date.
15493     VisibleNamespaceCache.clear();
15494   }
15495 
15496   assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod &&
15497          "left the wrong module scope");
15498   ModuleScopes.pop_back();
15499 
15500   // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an
15501   // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module.
15502   FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc);
15503   assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() &&
15504          "end of submodule in main source file");
15505   SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File);
15506   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
15507 }
15508 
15509 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
15510                                                       Module *Mod) {
15511   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
15512   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
15513     return;
15514 
15515   // Create the implicit import declaration.
15516   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15517   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
15518                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
15519   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
15520   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
15521 
15522   // Make the module visible.
15523   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
15524   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
15525 }
15526 
15527 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{'
15528 /// (if present).
15529 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
15530                                  SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
15531   ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc);
15532 
15533   // C++ Modules TS draft:
15534   //   An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one
15535   //   export keyword.
15536   //
15537   // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another
15538   // export-declaration.
15539   if (D->isExported())
15540     Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export);
15541 
15542   CurContext->addDecl(D);
15543   PushDeclContext(S, D);
15544   return D;
15545 }
15546 
15547 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration.
15548 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
15549   auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D);
15550   if (RBraceLoc.isValid())
15551     ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
15552 
15553   // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including
15554   // anonymous namespace).
15555 
15556   PopDeclContext();
15557   return D;
15558 }
15559 
15560 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15561                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
15562                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15563                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
15564                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
15565   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
15566                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
15567   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
15568       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
15569 
15570   // If a declaration that:
15571   // 1) declares a function or a variable
15572   // 2) has external linkage
15573   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
15574   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
15575     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
15576       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
15577     else
15578       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
15579           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
15580   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
15581   } else
15582     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
15583 }
15584 
15585 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15586                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15587                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
15588   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
15589 
15590   if (PrevDecl) {
15591     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
15592   } else {
15593     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
15594       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
15595         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
15596   }
15597 }
15598 
15599 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15600                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
15601                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15602                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
15603                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
15604   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
15605                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
15606   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
15607 
15608   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
15609     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
15610       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
15611         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
15612   } else {
15613     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
15614       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
15615   }
15616 }
15617 
15618 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
15619   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
15620 }
15621